WO2016045037A1 - Signal sending method, signal receiving method and relevant device therefor - Google Patents

Signal sending method, signal receiving method and relevant device therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016045037A1
WO2016045037A1 PCT/CN2014/087407 CN2014087407W WO2016045037A1 WO 2016045037 A1 WO2016045037 A1 WO 2016045037A1 CN 2014087407 W CN2014087407 W CN 2014087407W WO 2016045037 A1 WO2016045037 A1 WO 2016045037A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
synchronization
subframe
control channel
signal
synchronization signal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/087407
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黎超
萨特瑞•菲利普
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2014/087407 priority Critical patent/WO2016045037A1/en
Priority to CN201480013811.3A priority patent/CN106031269B/en
Publication of WO2016045037A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016045037A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a signal transmitting method, a signal receiving method, and related devices.
  • D2D Device to Device
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Patnership Project
  • D2D technology because there is less participation of base stations, there is a need for more coordinated mechanisms between devices.
  • One of the mechanisms is that synchronization needs to be established between multiple devices, so it is necessary to send synchronization signals between multiple devices.
  • some basic control information needs to be broadcast through a synchronous control channel.
  • the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel only occupy part of the resources of the transmitted synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, and are synchronized. There are still many time-frequency resources in the signal sub-frame or the synchronization control channel sub-frame that are not utilized, resulting in waste of time-frequency resources.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a signal sending method, a signal receiving method and a related device thereof, which are used for effectively utilizing unoccupied resources in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, thereby improving system resources. Utilization.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a signaling method, including:
  • the transmitting end device determines a synchronization signal sub-frame of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel sub-frame, where the synchronization signal sub-frame includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel sub-frame includes synchronization control channel;
  • the transmitting device sends the loaded data to the receiving device.
  • the transmitting end device is not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the steps to load data on the resource also include:
  • the transmitting end device loads the first reference signal in the synchronization signal subframe, which is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal. ;
  • the transmitting end device loads the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting end device When the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the transmitting end device is not synchronized in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe. And the synchronization control channel is occupied, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal are respectively determined by a unique Sequence generation, and its corresponding sequence generation methods include:
  • the transmitting end device is not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the steps to load data on the resource also include:
  • the transmitting end device superimposes and loads the fourth reference signal on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting end device is not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the steps to load data on the resource also include:
  • the transmitting end device is in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • loading the fifth reference signal specifically includes:
  • the transmitting end device generates the fifth reference signal at a position that does not overlap the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel on the bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the resource that is not occupied by the transmitting end device in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the control channel subframe Before the step of loading data it also includes:
  • the transmitting end device determines whether a quasi-co-located QCL is found between the respective synchronization sources in the group, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group can be approximated as signals from the same station.
  • the synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
  • the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal at the location;
  • the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or
  • the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe including the synchronization control channel, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • a third reference signal is loaded on the symbols of different positions of the control channel.
  • the method according to claim 7 wherein the transmitting end device Before the step of judging whether it is a quasi-co-site QCL between each synchronization source in the group, the method further includes:
  • the transmitting end device When it is determined that the transmitting end device is not a synchronous source transmitter, triggering, by the transmitting end device, a step of determining whether the respective synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs;
  • the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is located outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • the second reference signal is loaded on the symbol, and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is synchronized with the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the third reference signal is loaded on the symbols of different positions.
  • the data is data of a D2D link, or a cellular link. data.
  • the transmitting end device when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device And the step of determining, by the transmitting end device, the synchronization signal subframe of the device D2D and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, the method further includes:
  • first indication information that is sent by the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the transmitting device is triggered to determine a device to the synchronization signal subframe of the device D2D and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting end device is in the synchronization signal subframe and/or
  • the step of loading data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization control channel subframe further includes:
  • the transmitting device performs rate matching on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • the unoccupied resources include:
  • Subframes, symbols, or bandwidth that are not occupied by the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel are not occupied by the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • the bandwidth of the data when the bandwidth of the data is greater than the synchronization signal or synchronization
  • the bandwidth of the data does not span the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel; when the bandwidth of the data is less than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the bandwidth of the data is in the synchronization Within the bandwidth of the signal or synchronization control channel.
  • the synchronization signal includes a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal
  • Each synchronization signal subframe includes two slots before and after, and each slot in the synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP includes six symbols of 0 to 5, each of the synchronization signal subframes of the normal cyclic prefix CP.
  • the time slot includes seven symbols from 0 to 6;
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal have the same interval in the two slots before and after;
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 1 and symbol 2 in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe ;
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbols 1 and 2 in the two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 3;
  • the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 0 and symbol 1 in the previous time slot of the synchronization signal subframe, and occupy symbols 3 and 4 in the subsequent time slot;
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 2 and in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe.
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 2 and in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe.
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy a symbol 0 in the previous time slot of the synchronization signal subframe. And symbol 1, and occupy symbol 4 and symbol 5 in the latter slot.
  • each synchronization signal subframe includes two slots before and after,
  • Each slot in the synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP includes six symbols of 0 to 5, and each slot in the synchronization signal subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP includes seven symbols of 0 to 6;
  • the synchronous control channel occupies three or four symbols different from the position of the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe.
  • the synchronous control channel includes: a first synchronous control channel and a second synchronous control channel, the first synchronous control channel is loaded by the first transmitting end device, and the second synchronous control channel is loaded by the second transmitting end device.
  • the first synchronization control channel and the second synchronization control channel occupy different synchronization signal subframes
  • the first synchronization control channel and the second synchronization control channel occupy different symbols in the same synchronization signal subframe.
  • the location occupied by the synchronous control channel is Predefined parameters are associated;
  • the predefined parameter is the synchronization source hop count
  • the first source device and the second transmitter device are currently at different synchronization source hops
  • the first source device and the second source device use different synchronization source identifiers.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a signal receiving method, including:
  • the receiving end device receives data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe is D2D. Synchronous control channel subframe;
  • the receiving end device parses the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the receiving end device parses the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe Specifically include:
  • the receiving end uses the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the receiving end device receives the subframe loaded in the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel sent by the transmitting device.
  • the data in the specific includes:
  • the receiving end device receives data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, and the first reference signal is not loaded in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. a symbol on which the sync signal occupies and is different from the sync signal;
  • the determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
  • the receiving end uses the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel.
  • the data ;
  • the receiving end uses the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • the data ;
  • the receiving end uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal and Synchronizing the synchronization signal sub-frame of the control channel or the data in the synchronization control channel sub-frame.
  • the receiving end device receives the subframe loaded in the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel sent by the transmitting device.
  • the data in the specific includes:
  • the determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
  • the receiving end uses the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the receiving end device receives the subframe loaded in the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel sent by the transmitting device.
  • the data in the specific includes:
  • the determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
  • the receiving end device uses the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as demodulation reference signals of the data, and parses out that the synchronization is included a synchronization signal sub-frame of a signal or the data in a synchronization control channel sub-frame;
  • the receiving end device uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and uses a demodulation reference dedicated to the synchronization control channel.
  • the signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data within the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal is parsed.
  • the receiving end device receives the subframe loaded in the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel sent by the transmitting device.
  • the data in the previous one also includes:
  • the receiving end device receives the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether the synchronization sources in the group are QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate multiple
  • the signal sent by the transmitting device is approximately a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
  • the receiving end device receiving the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame includes:
  • the receiving end device receives data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or the receiving The end device receives the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fifth reference signal, and the fifth reference signal is loaded and synchronized in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. a position outside the bandwidth of the signal or synchronization control channel;
  • the receiving end device receives data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel.
  • the first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and the receiving end device receives the synchronization control that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • the receiving device Receiving data and a third reference signal loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the third The reference signal is loaded on a symbol in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or the receiving end Receiving, by the device, the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fourth reference signal, where the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
  • the determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
  • the receiving end parses the synchronization signal subframe and/or synchronization by using a synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data.
  • the receiving end device uses the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as the data Demodulating the reference signal, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, and in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, the receiving device uses The third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as a demodulation reference signal for data in the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the Not including the data in the synchronization control channel subframe with the synchronization
  • the receiving end device uses the first reference signal as the a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel, and in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the second a reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel
  • the receiving end device uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • Data, or the receiving end device uses the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parses out the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization
  • the data is D2D data, or cellular data.
  • the transmitting end device when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device When the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal, the receiving end device further includes: before receiving the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate whether the subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel. frame;
  • the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe
  • triggering, by the receiving end device, the loading of the synchronization signal subframe and/or synchronization sent by the transmitting device The step of controlling the data in the channel subframe.
  • a third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a transmitting end device, including:
  • a determining module configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe includes Synchronous control channel;
  • a data loading module configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module;
  • a sending module configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module to the receiving end device.
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a first reference loading module configured to: when the synchronization signal sub-frame does not include a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal sub-frame, the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal is loaded on the symbol a reference signal;
  • a second reference loading module configured to: when the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe Loading a second reference signal;
  • a third reference loading module configured to: when the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, Occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, and with the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel
  • the third reference signal is loaded on the symbols of different positions.
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a sequence generating module configured to generate, on a bandwidth of the data, a unique determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal, or generate a bandwidth on a synchronization signal or a synchronous control channel Corresponding to a first portion of the uniquely determined sequence of the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth.
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a fourth reference loading module configured to superimpose and load the fourth reference signal on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a fifth reference loading module configured to load a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the fifth reference loading module is specifically configured to: in the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the generated control channel, or a portion of the demodulation reference sequence on the bandwidth of the data that overlaps with the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the control channel, and the demodulation The remaining portion of the reference sequence is placed at a corresponding location to generate the fifth reference signal, or in the bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, with the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel
  • the fifth reference signal is generated at a position where the bandwidth does not overlap.
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • the quasi-work station judging module is configured to determine whether the synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitter devices in the discovery group are approximated from the same site.
  • the synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
  • a sixth reference loading module configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, do not load the demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in the Loading a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel;
  • a seventh reference loading module configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, superimposing and loading on the symbols occupied by the synchronization signals in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe a fourth reference signal, or a first control signal that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and that is different from the synchronization signal in a synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel, in a synchronization control channel that does not include the synchronization signal a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol in the frame that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel, in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, A third reference signal is loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and at a different location from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a synchronization source determining module configured to determine whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter
  • a first triggering module configured to trigger the quasi-work station determining module when determining that the transmitting end device is not a synchronous source transmitter
  • An eighth reference loading module configured to: when the transmitting end device is determined to be a synchronous source transmitter, not to load a demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal or synchronization Loading a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the control channel, or superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or not including synchronization
  • the first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal sub-frame of the control channel that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal and
  • the second reference signal is loaded on the symbols of the different positions of the synchronous control channel, and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal sub
  • the transmitting end device when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device When the receiving end device is a base station, the transmitting end device further includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive first indication information sent by the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel Subframe
  • a second triggering module configured to trigger the determining module when the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a rate matching module configured to perform rate matching on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a receiving end device, including:
  • a first receiving module configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel
  • the subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
  • a parsing module configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the parsing module is specifically configured to: use a synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parse the The data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the first receiving module specifically includes:
  • a first receiving unit configured to receive data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, where the first reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
  • a second receiving unit configured to receive data and a second reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe and is not synchronized with the control channel A symbol that occupies and is different from the synchronous control channel;
  • a third receiving unit configured to receive data and a third reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal a symbol in a frame or a synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
  • the parsing module specifically includes:
  • a first parsing unit configured to use the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, and parse the synchronization signal that does not include a synchronization control channel The data in the frame;
  • a second parsing unit configured to use the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, and parse the synchronization control channel that does not include the synchronization signal The data in the frame;
  • a third parsing unit configured to parse the inclusion by using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel
  • the synchronization signal and the synchronization signal sub-frame of the synchronization control channel or the data in the synchronization control channel subframe is a third parsing unit, configured to parse the inclusion by using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel.
  • the first receiving module is specifically configured to receive and load a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe. And the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
  • the parsing module is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe by using the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data.
  • the first receiving module is specifically configured to receive a subframe that is loaded in a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel. And a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the parsing module specifically includes:
  • a fourth parsing unit configured to use the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal, and parse the inclusion a synchronization signal sub-frame having a synchronization signal or the data in a synchronization control channel subframe;
  • a fifth parsing unit configured to use the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, and use a solution dedicated to the synchronization control channel
  • the tone reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data within the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal is parsed.
  • the receiving device further includes:
  • a second receiving module configured to receive the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether each synchronization source in the group is a QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate the discovery group
  • the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices are approximately signals from the same station, and the synchronization source includes the transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the discovery group;
  • the first receiving module specifically includes:
  • a fourth receiving unit configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, receive data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or receive Loading data in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe in synchronization signal or synchronization Position outside the bandwidth of the control channel;
  • a fifth receiving unit configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, receive data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. And the first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, which is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is received by the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • the upper data and the second reference signal are recorded in a symbol of the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel, and the reception is loaded with the synchronization signal and the synchronization a synchronization signal sub-frame of the control channel or data on the synchronization control channel sub-frame and a third reference signal, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame or the synchronization control channel sub-frame without the synchronization signal and Synchronizing the control channel to occupy a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or receiving the synchronization signal And / or a synchronization control channel and a data subframe fourth reference signal, said fourth reference signal is superimposed on the load signal occupied symbol synchronization;
  • the parsing module specifically includes:
  • a sixth parsing module configured to parse the synchronization signal subframe and the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs And/or synchronizing the data in the control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as demodulation of the data a reference signal, parsing the synchronization signal sub-frame or synchronization control signal including the synchronization signal
  • the data in the sub-frame, in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, using a synchronization control channel dedicated Demodulating the reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data within a bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal;
  • a seventh parsing module configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, use the first reference signal as And demodulating the reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and using the second reference signal as a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal Demodulating the reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, Using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or using the The fourth reference signal is used as a demodulation
  • the transmitting end device when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device When the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal, the receiving end device further includes:
  • a third receiving module configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the base station, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel Subframe
  • the third triggering module is configured to trigger the first receiving module when the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe.
  • a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a sending end device, including:
  • Input device output device, processor and memory
  • the processor is configured to perform the following operations by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory:
  • a synchronization signal subframe of the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel;
  • the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
  • a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel;
  • the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel
  • the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And loading a third reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the fifth reference signal is loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the respective synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs, wherein the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group can be approximated as signals from the same station, and the synchronization source includes The transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the discovery group;
  • the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal at the location;
  • the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or
  • the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe including the synchronization control channel, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • the second reference signal on the symbol different from the synchronous control channel, and in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And loading a third reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the sending end device according to claim 50, characterized in that the processing It is also used to perform the following operations:
  • the transmitting end device When the transmitting end device is determined to be a synchronous source transmitter, not in the synchronization signal subframe or synchronization Loading a demodulation reference signal on a control channel subframe, or loading a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, or in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe Superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal, or loading a first reference signal on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in a synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel, a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, a second reference signal that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and that is different from the synchronization control channel, and a synchronization signal subframe that includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel Or in the synchronization control
  • the transmitting end device when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device When the receiving end device is a base station, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the determining device When the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, triggering the determining device to the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe of the device D2D The operation of unoccupied resources.
  • the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • Rate matching is performed on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a receiving end device, including:
  • Input device output device, processor and memory
  • the processor is configured to perform the following operations by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory:
  • the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe
  • the synchronization control channel subframe is a D2D synchronization control.
  • the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the synchronization signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is parsed.
  • the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • a third reference signal loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
  • the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, parsing the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel The data in the sync signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the third reference signal and the synchronization signal are used as demodulation reference signals of the data, and the synchronization signal including the synchronization signal is parsed
  • the third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as the synchronization control channel.
  • the demodulation reference signal of the data within the bandwidth resolves the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate whether each synchronization source in the group is a QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate that multiple sending end devices in the discovery group send
  • the signal is approximately a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
  • the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, receiving data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or receiving the synchronization signal subframe and And synchronizing data in the control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe on;
  • the first reference signal Loading in the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronous control channel is not occupied by the synchronization signal
  • the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the synchronization signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are parsed out.
  • the first reference signal is used as a demodulation reference of the data.
  • Signaling, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and using the second reference signal as a demodulation reference of the data in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal Transmitting, by the signal, the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel
  • the demodulation reference signal of the data parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or using the fourth reference signal as the The demodulation reference signal of the data parses out the
  • the present invention is implemented in a sixth implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • Second indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe
  • triggering the loading of the receiving transmitter device to be transmitted in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel The operation of the data in the frame.
  • the embodiment of the present invention has the following advantages: in the embodiment of the present invention, the transmitting end device first determines the unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, in the synchronization. The data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the transmitting device sends the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe to the receiving device.
  • the effective use of the unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe improves the utilization of resources by the system.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a relationship between a synchronization signal subframe and a synchronization control channel subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another example of a relationship between a synchronization signal subframe and a synchronization control channel subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another example of a relationship between a synchronization signal subframe and a synchronization control channel subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another example of a relationship between a synchronization signal subframe and a synchronization control channel subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of a synchronization signal or a synchronization control channel occupying a symbol position in a subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram showing another example of a synchronization signal or a synchronization control channel occupying a symbol position in a subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing another example of a synchronization signal or a synchronization control channel occupying symbol position in a subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a synchronization signal or a synchronization control channel occupying a symbol position in a subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention. An example schematic diagram;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an example of a synchronization control channel and a symbol position occupied by a demodulation reference signal in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another example of a synchronization control channel and a demodulation reference signal occupying a symbol position in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario in which an unoccupied resource is used in a D2D link according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an example of bandwidth of data loaded in a synchronization signal or a synchronous control channel according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of an example of bandwidth of data loaded in a manner that exceeds a synchronization signal or a synchronous control channel according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 16 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an example of loading a first reference signal by using a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an example of loading a second reference signal by using a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an example of loading a third reference signal by using a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing an example of superimposing and loading a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario in which an unoccupied resource is used in a cellular link according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 25 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 26 is a schematic flowchart of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is another schematic flowchart of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 29 is another schematic flowchart of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of another flow of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is another schematic flowchart of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 33 is a schematic diagram of an example of using different synchronization signal subframes when different synchronization sources send synchronization control channels according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of an example of using different symbols in a subframe of the same synchronization signal when different synchronization sources send synchronization control channels according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 35 is a schematic diagram of an example of different D2D synchronization sources having different current synchronization source hops according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a device at a transmitting end according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 37 is another schematic structural diagram of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 39 is another schematic structural diagram of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 40 is another schematic structural diagram of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 41 is another schematic structural diagram of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 42 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 43 is a schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 44 is another schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 45 is another schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 46 is another schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 47 is another schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 48 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • first, second, etc. may be used to describe various reference signals or transmitting devices in the embodiments of the present invention, the reference signals or transmitting devices should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one another from a reference signal or a transmitting device.
  • the first reference signal may also be referred to as a second reference signal without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the second reference signal may also be referred to as a first reference signal;
  • the second The transmitting device can also be referred to as a third transmitting device or the like, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • synchronization signal subframe denotes a subframe containing a synchronization signal
  • synchronization control channel subframe denotes a subframe for containing a synchronization control channel
  • the synchronization signal may also include synchronization control in a subframe.
  • the channel, the synchronization control signal may also include a synchronization signal in the subframe.
  • the synchronization signal in the present invention is a synchronization signal from the device to the device D2D, and can be described by the abbreviation D2DSS (D2D Synchronization Signal).
  • the synchronization signal specifically includes a primary D2D Synchronization Signal (PD2DSS) and a secondary D2D Synchronization Signal (SD2DSS), and the synchronous control channel is a synchronous source transmitter sent to the receiver to receive the common control and common indication information.
  • the channel may be referred to as a broadcast control channel, abbreviated as PD2DSCH (Physical D2D Synchronization Channel), and may also be referred to as SL-BCH (SideLink Broadcast CHannel).
  • PD2DSCH Physical D2D Synchronization Channel
  • SL-BCH SideLink Broadcast CHannel
  • the D2DSS effective signal occupies 62 data subcarriers of the 72 PRBs (Physical Resource Block) of the center, and the remaining 10 subcarriers serve as protection subcarriers of the D2DSS.
  • the PD2DSCH channel occupies part or all of the bandwidth of the central 6PRB total 72 subcarriers.
  • the contents of the control signaling that may be included in the synchronous control channel are: D2D frame number, TDD configuration, Time Division Duplex (TDD)/Frequency Division Duplex (FDD). Indicates signaling, system bandwidth, synchronization source type, current hop count, indication information of the transmit or receive resource pool, and so on.
  • this synchronous control channel mainly refers to: the common indication information transmitted at the synchronization source transmitter, which is used by the receiver for the D2D synchronization source to receive and use. Channel.
  • D2DSS is used as an abbreviation of the synchronization signal
  • PD2DSS is used as an abbreviation of the main D2D synchronization signal
  • SD2DSS is used as an abbreviation of the D2D synchronization signal
  • PD2DSCH is used as an abbreviation of the synchronization control channel.
  • the resources of the subframe include a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource.
  • one subframe is divided into two slots, the former slot can be called the first slot, the latter slot can be called the second slot; the subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP
  • Each time slot is further divided into 7 symbols, numbered from 0 to 6; the subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP is further divided into 6 symbols, numbered from 0 to 5, and the second of each subframe.
  • the last symbol of the time slot is occupied by the GAP (that is, the part that is not sent out in the time domain). That is, the term "symbol" refers to a partial time domain resource in a subframe.
  • different frequency domain resources can also be utilized in the same time domain resource.
  • demodulation reference signal means a reference signal dedicated to demodulating data, which is represented by the abbreviation DMRS in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • each reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention includes: a first reference signal to a fifth reference signal, which are demodulation reference signals used for demodulating the loaded data.
  • these reference signals can also be used as a demodulation reference signal of the synchronous control channel, which is not limited herein.
  • the PD2DSCH subframe may be included in the D2DSS subframe or may not be included in the D2DSS subframe.
  • the transmission period of the PD2DSCH subframe and the D2DSS subframe is also not limited.
  • the PD2DSCH subframes are all included in the D2DSS subframe:
  • the transmission period of the D2DSS (that is, the interval between each transmission) is 40 ms, and the transmission period of the D2DSS subframe is used as one PD2DSCH, and the transmission period of one PD2DSCH is 160 ms.
  • Four D2DSS subframes are transmitted, and two consecutive D2DSS subframes can be used to transmit the content of the PD2DSCH.
  • the PD2DSCH subframe is also included.
  • the D2DSS subframe two symbols are respectively occupied by the SD2DSS and the PD2DSS, and in the D2DSS subframe including the PD2DSCH subframe, except for the symbols occupied by the SD2DSS and the PD2DSS and occupied by the D2D guard interval GAP, other symbols are used.
  • Have been PD2DSCH is occupied.
  • the symbols of the D2DSS subframes that do not contain the PD2DSCH subframe are only occupied by SD2DSS, PD2DSS, and GAP, and the remaining time-frequency resources are not used.
  • the remaining 9 symbols in the D2DSS subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP are not used.
  • the second case Please refer to Figure 2, or take the D2DSS transmission period (that is, the interval between each transmission) is 40ms, using 4 D2DSS subframes as a PD2DSCH transmission period as an example, but in each D2DSS sub- A part of the PD2DSCH is transmitted in the frame. For example, in each D2DSS subframe, SD2DSS and PD2DSS occupy 2 symbols respectively, and PD2DSCH occupies 3 symbols, then 6 symbols remain in the D2DSS subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP. use.
  • the PD2DSCH subframes are all included in the D2DSS subframe, and each PD2DSCH subframe includes D2DSS, and each D2DSS subframe includes PD2DSCH.
  • the PD2DSCH subframe portion is included in the D2DSS subframe.
  • the transmission period of the D2DSS subframe is 40 ms
  • the transmission period of the PD2DSCH subframe is 10 ms.
  • the PD2DSCH subframe is equally spaced in 4 subframes of 40 ms, and one PD2DSCH subframe. Included in the D2DSS subframe, other PD2DSCH subframes exist separately. In this scenario, among the four PD2DSCH subframes transmitted within 40 ms, only three PD2DSCH subframes contain PD2DSCH and do not include D2DSS, so the remaining symbols are not used.
  • the PD2DSCH subframe is not included in the D2DSS subframe.
  • the fourth case Referring to FIG. 4, the transmission period of the D2DSS subframe is 40 ms, and the transmission period of the PD2DSCH subframe is 10 ms.
  • the PD2DSCH subframe is not located in the D2DSS subframe, and not in each D2DSS subframe.
  • the PD2DSCH is included, and each of the PD2DSCH subframes does not include a D2DSS subframe, so that the remaining symbols in each subframe are not used.
  • the transmission period of the D2DSS in the above example and the transmission period of the PD2DSCH are only specific examples, and do not constitute a limitation of the present invention, for example, transmission of the D2DSS.
  • the period can also be 80ms, 160ms, and the transmission period of the D2DSS can also be 20ms, 10ms, etc., which is not limited herein.
  • the D2DSS subframe or the PD2DSCH subframe may be a subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, or may be a subframe of an extended cyclic prefix CP.
  • Extended cyclic prefix CP with normal cyclic prefix CP Just in the 1ms sub-frame, the number of symbols is different, the length of the CP is different, and the position of the reference signal is different.
  • the location of the D2DSS or PD2DSCH occupied symbols in each sub-frame can also be specified according to the actual situation or protocol. There are many cases, which are not limited here.
  • FIG. 5 An example of the location of the D2DSS and PD2DSCH occupied symbols in the subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP is shown in FIG. 5, where the PD2DSS occupies the symbol 1 of the 1st and 2nd slots, and the SD2DSS occupies the 1st and 2nd Symbol 2 of the slot, PD2DSCH occupies symbol 0, symbol 3 and symbol 4 of the second slot.
  • FIG. 6 An example of the location of the D2DSS and PD2DSCH occupied symbols in the subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP is shown in FIG. 6, where the PD2DSS occupies the symbol 2 of the 1st and 2nd slots, and the SD2DSS occupies the 1st and 2nd Symbol 3 of the slot, PD2DSCH occupies symbol 1, symbol 4 and symbol 5 of the second slot.
  • FIG. 7 Another example of the location of the D2DSS and PD2DSCH occupied symbols in the subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP is shown in FIG. 7, where the PD2DSS occupies the symbol 1 of the 1st and 2nd slots, and the SD2DSS occupies the 1st and 2nd. Symbol 3 of the time slot, PD2DSCH occupies symbol 0, symbol 2 and symbol 4 of the second time slot.
  • FIG. 8 Another example of the location of the D2DSS and PD2DSCH occupied symbols in the subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP is shown in FIG. 8, where the PD2DSS occupies the symbol 2 of the 1st and 2nd slots, and the SD2DSS occupies the 1st and 2nd. Symbol 4 of the time slot, PD2DSCH occupies symbol 1, symbol 3 and symbol 5 of the second time slot.
  • the D2DSS itself is a known sequence generated by the reference signal, it does not need to demodulate the reference signal, and the information transmitted in the PD2DSCH is information to be determined by the receiver when the PD2DSCH is required.
  • the PD2DSCH may use the D2DSS in the subframe as the demodulation reference signal, but when in the separately existing PD2DSCH subframe, that is, the subframe that does not include the D2DSS, a separate demodulation reference needs to be loaded.
  • the signal is used to demodulate the PD2DSCH, that is, in the PD2DSCH subframe that does not include the D2DSS, the demodulation reference signal dedicated to demodulating the PD2DSCH also occupies part of the symbol.
  • the PD2DSCH may use the synchronization signal as the demodulation reference signal, and may also use a dedicated demodulation reference signal, which is not limited herein.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the DMRS on the symbol is at least not less than the bandwidth occupied by the PD2DSCH channel.
  • FIG. 10 is an example of PD2DSCH and DMRS occupied symbol positions in a PD2DSCH subframe that does not include an extended cyclic prefix CP of D2DSS, where PD2DSCH occupies symbol 3 and symbol 4 of the second slot, and DMRS occupies the second Symbol 2 of the time slot.
  • the foregoing is only some examples in which the PD2DSCH or the D2DSS occupies the symbol position in the PD2DSCH subframe or the D2DSS subframe. According to the actual requirements or the protocol, there may be more ways to occupy the symbol position, which is not limited herein. .
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal in the synchronization signal there are more ways, and wherein the positions of the primary synchronization signal and the symbols occupied from the synchronization signal are interchangeable, and the primary synchronization signal and the slave synchronization
  • the signal has the same interval between the two slots:
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 1 and symbol 2 in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe ;
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbols 1 and 2 in the two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 3;
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy a symbol 0 in the previous time slot of the synchronization signal subframe. And symbol 1, and occupy symbol 3 and symbol 4 in the subsequent slot;
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 2 and in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe.
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 2 and in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe.
  • the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy the previous time slot of the synchronization signal subframe.
  • Symbol 0 and symbol 1 and occupy symbol 4 and symbol 5 in the subsequent slot;
  • the synchronous control channel can occupy three or four symbols different from the position of the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe.
  • an embodiment of a signal sending method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the transmitting end device determines an unoccupied resource in a D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel. ;
  • the transmitting device determines unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe (D2DSS subframe) and/or the synchronization control channel subframe (PD2DSCH subframe).
  • D2DSS subframe D2D synchronization signal subframe
  • PD2DSCH subframe synchronization control channel subframe
  • the transmitting device is a transmitter of data, but not necessarily a transmitter of a synchronization source (ie, D2DSS or PD2DSCH). If the transmitting device is a synchronous source transmitter, the D2DSS subframe and/or The D2DSS or PD2DSCH occupying the symbol position in the PD2DSCH subframe may be transmitted by the transmitting device itself. If the transmitting device is not the synchronization source transmitter, the D2DSS occupying the symbol position in the D2DSS subframe and/or the PD2DSCH subframe or The PD2DSCH may be transmitted by other transmitters that are synchronization sources, which are not limited herein.
  • a synchronization source ie, D2DSS or PD2DSCH.
  • the transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe can be used for the D2D link, and can also be used for the cellular link, and correspondingly, the unoccupied resources.
  • the data loaded on the data of the D2D link or the data of the cellular link, here is not Limited.
  • the transmitting end device sends the loaded data to a receiving end device.
  • the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
  • the transmitting end device first determines that the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe are unoccupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the data is loaded on the resource, and the transmitting device sends the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe to the receiving device, so that the D2D synchronization signal subframe is effectively occupied.
  • Resources improve the utilization of resources by the system.
  • FIG. 12 is an application scenario in which an unoccupied resource is used in a D2D link, where the base station device may or may not exist, but at least (a schematic diagram of a transmitter is shown in FIG. 12)
  • the D2D transmitting end device and the several D2D receiving end devices, the transmitting end device and the receiving end device are D2D terminals.
  • D2DUE1 is a transmitting end device
  • D2DUE2 and D2DUE3 are both receiving end devices.
  • the data loaded on the unoccupied resource needs to have a demodulation reference signal to be demodulated, and it is also considered in loading the demodulation reference signal that the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention must be data.
  • the transmitter but not necessarily the transmitter of the synchronization source, whether the transmitter is the source of the synchronization source or the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, and the bandwidth of the loaded data may be greater than
  • the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel may also be smaller than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, which also has a certain influence on the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data.
  • the signals in the embodiment of the present invention are divided into various different situations. The sending method is described in detail:
  • the transmitting device is a transmitter of data and a transmitter of a synchronous source.
  • the bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel:
  • the transmitting device since the transmitting device is also the transmitter of the synchronization source, the data loaded on the unused resources can use the synchronization signal transmitted by the transmitting device as the demodulation reference signal, that is, When there is a synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the transmitting end device does not need to separately load the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the loaded data demodulation on the unoccupied resources, as shown in FIG. 5 to As shown in any one of FIG. 8, there is a synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and there is no need to load a demodulation reference signal dedicated to demodulating data; as shown in FIG. 9 or FIG.
  • the transmitting device In the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, the transmitting device originally needs to separately load a demodulation reference signal for the synchronous control channel. Since the transmitting device is also the transmitter of the synchronization source, it can also be used for synchronization.
  • the demodulation reference signal of the control channel demodulation is used as the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, and the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the loaded data demodulation is not separately loaded on the unoccupied resources, as shown in FIG. For example, an example of the bandwidth of the loaded data within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel:
  • another embodiment of a signaling method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the transmitting end device determines an unoccupied resource in a D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
  • FIG. 15 an example diagram is shown in which the bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are ready to be loaded.
  • the bandwidth of the data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Therefore, when determining the unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the synchronization signal or the portion outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel is also It is an unoccupied resource.
  • the transmitting end device loads a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device since there is no demodulation reference signal outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, in order to demodulate the data to be loaded later, the transmitting device is in the In the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the fifth reference signal is loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the DMRS 5 is an example of the loaded fifth reference signal as shown in FIG.
  • the specific method for loading the fifth reference signal may include the following manners:
  • the transmitting end device generates a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and demodulates the reference sequence and the synchronization signal on the bandwidth of the data. Or partially deleting the bandwidth of the control channel, and placing the remaining portion of the demodulation reference sequence at a corresponding position to generate the fifth reference signal;
  • the transmitting end device generates the fifth reference signal at a position where the bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe does not overlap with the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the above two methods may be used to generate the fifth reference signal. It is to be understood that there are other ways in which the fifth reference signal can be generated, which is not limited herein.
  • the transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe include subframes, symbols, or bandwidths that are not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the GAP, and the demodulation reference signal.
  • the bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the transmitting end device sends the loaded data to a receiving end device.
  • the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
  • the transmitting device when the bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, performs the synchronization signal or the synchronization control in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the fifth reference signal is loaded, so that the data can be loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, and the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are utilized to a greater extent. Time-frequency resources.
  • the positional relationship between the bandwidth of the data and the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel may be two cases, one is The bandwidth of the data includes the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, and the other is the end of the bandwidth of the data and the end of the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, and the bandwidth of the part of the data at the other end is in the synchronization signal or The outside of the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel.
  • priority should be given: when the bandwidth of the data is greater than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel, the bandwidth of the data does not span the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel; when the bandwidth of the data is smaller than the synchronization signal or the synchronization control signal When bandwidth is used, the bandwidth of the data is in the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the transmitting device is the transmitter of the data, but not necessarily the transmitter of the synchronization source.
  • the transmitting end device may be a transmitter of a synchronization source or a transmitter of a synchronization source, and the loaded data uses a reference signal separately loaded by the transmitting end data as a demodulation reference signal, and is divided into two modes. : Time or superimposed.
  • another embodiment of a signaling method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the transmitting end device determines an unoccupied resource in a D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel. ;
  • the transmitting device determines unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe (D2DSS subframe) and/or the synchronization control channel subframe (PD2DSCH subframe).
  • D2DSS subframe D2D synchronization signal subframe
  • PD2DSCH subframe synchronization control channel subframe
  • the transmitting end device loads the first symbol in the synchronization signal subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal.
  • the transmitting end device When the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, the transmitting end device is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe. Loading a second reference signal;
  • the loaded The second reference signal can simultaneously serve as a demodulation reference signal of the synchronization control channel.
  • the partial symbol of the synchronization control channel subframe is also dedicated to demodulating the solution of the synchronous control channel. Used by the reference signal.
  • the transmitting end device is not in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel occupy, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol at a different position from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • an example of loading a third reference signal in a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel where the transmitting device is In the synchronization signal sub-frame, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are not occupied, and the third reference signal DMRS3 is loaded on the symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • step 1602 to step 1604 at least one step may be selected according to different situations of the subframes sent by the transmitting device, and not all steps are performed, which is not limited herein.
  • the loaded first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal has the same bandwidth as the data.
  • the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal are respectively generated by a uniquely determined sequence, and the corresponding sequence generating method includes:
  • the transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe at this time include the subframes occupied by the unsynchronized signal, the synchronization control channel, the GAP, the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the third reference signal. , symbol or bandwidth.
  • the transmitting end device sends the loaded data to a receiving end device.
  • the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
  • the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe by using the time division method, thereby ensuring that the loaded data can be smoothly demodulated.
  • another embodiment of a signaling method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the transmitting end device determines an unoccupied resource in a D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel. ;
  • the transmitting end device superimposes and loads the fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • a transmitting end device superimposes a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by a synchronization signal, in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal
  • the transmission superimposes and loads the fourth reference signal DMRS4 on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal.
  • the transmitting device in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, if the transmitting device is a synchronization source transmitter, the transmitting device can be occupied by the synchronization control channel and the synchronous control channel.
  • the fourth reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the different location. If the transmitting device is not the synchronous source transmitter, the transmitting device may synchronize the symbol occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the control channel in the synchronous control channel subframe. , superimposing the fourth reference signal.
  • the bandwidth of the loaded fourth reference signal is the same as the bandwidth of the data.
  • some of the signals in the synchronization signal sub-frame will perform power back-off, so that the power at the back-off can be used to demodulate the transmission of the reference signal. That is to say, the demodulation reference signal can be superimposed on the symbol on which the synchronization signal is located for transmission. That is, the demodulation reference signal and the synchronization signal are superimposed on the same symbol in the synchronization signal sub-frame using different powers. give away.
  • the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate the D2D data, and the synchronization signal is used for synchronization of the D2D receiver.
  • the transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe include an unsynchronized signal, a synchronization control channel, a GAP, a subframe, a symbol or a bandwidth occupied by the fourth reference signal.
  • the transmitting device sends the loaded data to the receiving device.
  • the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
  • the fourth reference signal is superimposed on the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, which saves the position of the symbol in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and increases the loadability of the data.
  • Time domain resources improve the utilization of resources.
  • the transmitting device may first determine whether each synchronization source quality check is a quasi-co-site (QCL). Then, different manners are selected according to the judgment result to perform demodulation reference signal and data loading.
  • QCL refers to the signals from multiple independent transmitters, the parameters corresponding to the channels they experience (such as the maximum delay spread corresponding to the channel, the maximum frequency spread, or the maximum Doppler shift value, etc.) from the receiver. Looking at the differences, they can be approximated as signals from the same site.
  • the transmitter judges by receiving the D2DSS of all synchronization sources in the group before transmitting the data, and estimating and analyzing their channels. If the channels of all synchronization sources are approximately the same, the conditions of the QCL can be considered to be satisfied. .
  • the QCL can also be obtained by means of network signaling. The network can determine whether each synchronization source in the current group is a QCL by acquiring the channel information of the UE on the cellular link or by reporting the channel information of each synchronization source detected by the UE.
  • another embodiment of a signaling method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the transmitting end device determines a D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel. ;
  • the transmitting end device determines whether a quasi-co-site QCL is found between each synchronization source in the group;
  • the transmitting end device determines whether a quasi-co-located QCL is found between the respective synchronization sources in the group, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group can be approximated as signals from the same station.
  • the synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
  • the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is The fifth reference signal is loaded at the outer position.
  • the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe may be compared with the bandwidth of the data to be loaded, when the bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the demodulation-loaded data may not be loaded, because the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe has a synchronization signal, The synchronization signal is used as the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data.
  • the demodulation reference signal of the demodulation synchronous control channel can be used as the loaded data. Demodulate the reference signal.
  • the bandwidth of the data to be loaded exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel
  • the data loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel cannot utilize the demodulation reference signal of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel as the demodulation reference.
  • the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or
  • the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and is not synchronously controlled in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol occupied by the channel and different from the synchronous control channel, and a synchronization signal subframe including both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel Or in the synchronization control channel subframe, the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the demodulation reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe in a manner that the superposition can be selected, thereby saving part.
  • the demodulation reference signal may be loaded on the unoccupied symbol in a time division manner: in the synchronization signal sub-frame not including the synchronization control channel, the synchronization signal is not occupied and is different from the synchronization signal.
  • the first reference signal is loaded on the symbol
  • the second reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, and includes the synchronization signal Unsynchronized signal and synchronous control in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronous control channel
  • a third reference signal is loaded on a symbol occupied by the channel and at a different location from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe include an unsynchronized signal, a synchronization control channel, a GAP, a subframe, a symbol or a bandwidth occupied by the first reference signal to the fifth reference signal.
  • the transmitting end device sends the loaded data to the receiving end device.
  • the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
  • the transmitting end device loads the data and demodulates the reference signal, it is first determined whether For the QCL, the demodulation reference signal is loaded according to the judgment result in a different manner, so that the loading of the demodulation reference signal is more flexible.
  • the transmitting end device determines an unoccupied resource in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel. ;
  • the transmitting end device determines whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter
  • step 2304 is triggered.
  • the synchronized source transmitter is the transmitter of the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or the fifth reference signal is loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, or the synchronization signal is
  • the fourth reference signal is superimposed on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel.
  • the signal also includes a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe of the synchronization control channel, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
  • the transmitting device When the transmitting device is a synchronous source transmitter, it may also be determined according to various situations to perform a subsequent operation of loading and demodulating the reference signal, for example, if more data needs to be loaded, more time domains are utilized.
  • the resource loads the data, and the demodulation reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe in a manner that the superposition can be selected, so that part of the symbol resource can be saved to load the data: in the synchronization signal subframe and/or
  • the fourth reference signal is superimposed on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization control channel subframe; if it is desired to ensure that the demodulation reference signals do not interfere with each other, the accuracy of the demodulation can be ensured, and the time division method can be adopted, which is unoccupied.
  • a demodulation reference signal on a symbol not occupied by the synchronization signal and different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronous control channel
  • Loading a first reference signal on the symbol loading a second reference signal on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronization control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, including synchronization
  • the signal also includes a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe of the synchronization control channel, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the demodulation reference signal dedicated to demodulation-loaded data is no longer loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the synchronization signal may be used when there is a synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data when there is no synchronization signal, it must be used for demodulation.
  • a control channel demodulation reference signal can demodulate the synchronization control channel demodulation reference signal as a demodulation reference signal data loaded.
  • the bandwidth of the data to be loaded exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel
  • the data loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel cannot utilize the demodulation reference signal of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel as the demodulation reference.
  • Signal at this time, it is necessary to load a demodulation reference signal dedicated to demodulating the loaded data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the transmitting end device determines whether a quasi-co-site QCL is found between each synchronization source in the group.
  • the transmitting end device determines whether each synchronization source in the group is a quasi-co-site QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate multiple transmitting ends in the discovery group.
  • the signal sent by the device may be approximated as a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
  • the so-called QCL refers to the signals from multiple independent transmitters, the parameters corresponding to the channels they experience (such as the maximum delay spread corresponding to the channel, the maximum frequency spread, or the maximum Doppler shift value, etc.) from the receiver. Looking at the differences, they can be approximated as signals from the same site.
  • the transmitter judges by receiving the D2DSS of all synchronization sources in the group before transmitting the data, and estimating and analyzing their channels. If the channels of all synchronization sources are approximately the same, the conditions of the QCL can be considered to be satisfied. .
  • the QCL can also be obtained by means of network signaling.
  • the network can determine whether each synchronization source in the current group is a QCL by acquiring the channel information of the UE on the cellular link or by reporting the channel information of each synchronization source detected by the UE.
  • each synchronization source in the discovery group is a QCL
  • the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is
  • the fifth reference signal is loaded at the outer position.
  • the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe may be compared with the bandwidth of the data to be loaded, when the bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the demodulation-loaded data may not be loaded, because the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe has a synchronization signal, The synchronization signal is used as the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data.
  • the demodulation reference signal of the demodulation synchronous control channel can be used as the loaded data. Demodulate the reference signal.
  • the bandwidth of the data to be loaded exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel
  • the data loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel cannot utilize the demodulation reference signal of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel as the demodulation reference.
  • the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or
  • the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and is not synchronously controlled in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • the second reference signal is loaded on the symbol occupied by the channel and different from the synchronous control channel, and the synchronization signal and the synchronization control are performed in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • a third reference signal is loaded on a symbol occupied by the channel and at a different location from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the demodulation reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe in a manner that the superposition can be selected, thereby saving part.
  • Symbolic resources to load data in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or synchronization control
  • the fourth reference signal is superimposed on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the channel subframe; if it is desired to ensure that the demodulation reference signals do not interfere with each other, and the accuracy of the demodulation is ensured, the time division method may be adopted on the unoccupied symbol.
  • a first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel
  • a synchronization control channel that does not include the synchronization signal
  • a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol in the frame that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel, in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel
  • a third reference signal is loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and at a different location from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe include an unsynchronized signal, a synchronization control channel, a GAP, a subframe, a symbol or a bandwidth occupied by the first reference signal to the fifth reference signal.
  • the transmitting end device sends the loaded data to the receiving end device.
  • the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
  • the transmitting end device before the transmitting end device loads the data and demodulates the reference signal, it is first determined whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, and the demodulation reference signal is loaded according to the judgment result according to the judgment result, so that the demodulation is performed.
  • the loading of the reference signal is more flexible.
  • the transmitting device loads data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device is in the synchronization signal subframe and/or The step of loading data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe further includes: the transmitting end device performing rate matching on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • FIG. 24 is an application scenario in which an unoccupied resource is used in a cellular link, where the base station and the cellular terminal use the synchronization signal subframe and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe to transmit the cellular Data, and the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel in the D2D link is transmitted between the cellular terminal and the cellular terminal using the synchronization signal subframe and/or the resources occupied in the synchronization control channel subframe, such as shown in FIG.
  • the cellular terminal UE4 and the base station device use the unoccupied resources to transmit the cellular link data
  • the cellular terminal UE1 and the UE2 and the UE3 use the occupied resources to transmit the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel in the D2D link.
  • the base station loads the data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the cellular terminal.
  • the base station is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention
  • the cellular terminal is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station loads the data and demodulates the reference signal on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the base station can be used as the transmitting device, and the foregoing embodiments are used for the transmission.
  • the specific steps of loading the data and demodulating the reference signal are similar to those in the scenario of the D2D link, and are not described here.
  • the cellular terminal loads data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the base station.
  • the cellular terminal is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention
  • the base station is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the difference between the data and the demodulation reference signal in the scenario of the D2D link is that the cellular terminal does not know whether the subframe of the data to be transmitted is a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, and the base station knows that it needs to Receiving an indication information sent by the base station to determine whether the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, and when receiving the first indication information sent by the base station, indicating that the subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal
  • the subsequent steps of determining the unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are performed, and the subsequent steps are specific to the D2D link.
  • the process is similar. The following is an example of several embodiments:
  • another embodiment of a signaling method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the transmitting end device receives first indication information sent by the receiving end device, where the first indication information is And indicating whether the subframe currently transmitted by the transmitting device is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the transmitting end device is a cellular terminal, and the receiving end device is a base station.
  • the first indication information may be information indicated by an explicit signaling, or may be information carried by a specific reference signal.
  • the first indication information includes at least two states when transmitting, that is, the indication is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe; and the indication is not a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device determines that the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is not a synchronization resource, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel;
  • the transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting end device sends the loaded data to the receiving end device.
  • the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
  • the transmitting device can only transmit the symbol loaded with the data, and demodulate the symbol of the demodulated signal of the data to the receiving device, and can also send the complete synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. To the receiving device, it is not limited here.
  • the sending end device when the sending end device is a cellular terminal, the first indication information sent by the base station needs to be received first, and the first indication information determines that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel.
  • the step of determining the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe in the embodiment of the present invention is performed, so that the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are not occupied.
  • the resources can be used to transmit data for cellular links, broadening the range of use of unoccupied resources.
  • the reference signal is loaded.
  • the specific process can be changed as follows:
  • the transmitting device receives the first indication information sent by the receiving device, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the subframe currently transmitted by the transmitting device is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting end device is a cellular terminal, and the receiving end device is a base station.
  • the first indication information may be information indicated by an explicit signaling, or may be information carried by a specific reference signal.
  • the first indication information includes at least two states when transmitting, that is, the indication is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe; and the indication is not a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device determines that the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are not a synchronization resource, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel;
  • the transmitting end device loads the first symbol in the synchronization signal sub-frame that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal.
  • the transmitting end device When the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, the transmitting end device is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe. Loading a second reference signal;
  • the loaded The second reference signal can simultaneously serve as a demodulation reference signal of the synchronization control channel.
  • the partial symbol of the synchronization control channel subframe is also dedicated to demodulating the solution of the synchronous control channel. Used by the reference signal.
  • the transmitting device is not in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel occupy, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol at a different position from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • an example of loading a third reference signal in a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel where the transmitting device is In the synchronization signal sub-frame, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are not occupied, and the third reference signal DMRS3 is loaded on the symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • step 3 to step 5 according to different situations of the subframes sent by the transmitting device, at least one of the steps may be selected, and not all steps are performed, which is not limited herein.
  • the loaded first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal has the same bandwidth as the data.
  • the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal are respectively generated by a uniquely determined sequence, and the corresponding sequence generating method includes:
  • the transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe at this time include the subframes occupied by the unsynchronized signal, the synchronization control channel, the GAP, the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the third reference signal. , symbol or bandwidth.
  • the transmitting device sends the loaded data to the receiving device.
  • the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
  • the demodulation reference is subsequently loaded on the unoccupied resource.
  • the steps of the signal or the data are similar to the specific processes in the foregoing embodiments of the D2D link.
  • the specific loading mode of the embodiments in the foregoing D2D link can be applied in the subsequent steps, and details are not described herein.
  • the demodulation reference signal loaded therein can be used for loading.
  • the demodulation of data can also be used for demodulation of the synchronization control channel; the demodulation reference signal for demodulating the loaded data and the demodulation reference signal for demodulating the control channel can be one or shared.
  • this can improve the demodulation efficiency; in addition, in this case, when the bandwidth of the data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel, the transmitting device can directly generate a demodulation reference signal on the bandwidth of the data, thus synchronizing the control channel And the data within the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel can be partially demodulated within the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel using the generated demodulation reference signal, and the data loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel can be demodulated using the bandwidth outside the synchronous control channel.
  • the externally loaded demodulation reference signal may be loaded on the same symbol as the demodulation reference signal within the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel, which may be generated separately or simultaneously, and may also be generated multiple times, simultaneously as data and synchronization. Demodulation reference signal of the control channel.
  • the synchronization signal subframe and the synchronization signal subframe are also required. / or synchronous control channel subframes for rate matching.
  • the rate matching of the transmitter is performed on the corresponding time-frequency resource.
  • the data to be transmitted cannot be mapped to the resource that has been used, but the original information bit to be transmitted is generated in the process of generating the encoded bit by the encoder, and the coded bit is generated according to the available usable resource, and then Map to resources that are available for use.
  • an embodiment of a signal receiving method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the receiving end device receives data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe a synchronization control channel subframe for D2D;
  • the receiving end device parses the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the receiving end device receives the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame, and parses out the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame.
  • the data of the data utilizes resource transmission data of the synchronization favorite subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, thereby improving resource utilization.
  • the receiving device will parse the data differently:
  • the data received by the receiving device is data of the D2D link.
  • the transmitting device is a transmitter of data and a transmitter of a synchronous source.
  • the bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel:
  • another embodiment of the signal receiving method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the receiving end device receives data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe a synchronization control channel subframe for D2D;
  • the bandwidth of the data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the receiving end device uses the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting end device is a transmitter of data and is also a transmitter of the synchronization source, and the bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel, and is included in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control signal subframe.
  • the receiving device can use the synchronization signal as the demodulation reference signal of the data; when the synchronization control channel subframe does not contain the synchronization signal, the receiving device can use the synchronization control channel subframe for demodulation synchronization.
  • the demodulation reference signal of the control signal serves as a demodulation reference signal for the data.
  • the receiving end device uses the synchronization signal as the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data. Number, accurately parsing out the loaded data.
  • the bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel:
  • another embodiment of a signal receiving method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the receiving end device receives the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the fifth reference signal, where the fifth reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the receiving end device uses the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses the including a synchronization signal sub-frame having a synchronization signal or the data in a synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the receiving end device uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and uses a solution dedicated to the synchronization control channel.
  • the tone reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data within the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal is parsed.
  • the fifth reference signal that is loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is used for parsing, and the synchronization signal or synchronization is accurately obtained. Data outside the bandwidth of the control channel.
  • the transmitting device is the transmitter of the data, but not necessarily the transmitter of the synchronization source.
  • another embodiment of the signal receiving method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the receiving end device receives data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, where the first reference signal is not loaded in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. a symbol on which the sync signal occupies and is different from the sync signal;
  • the receiving end device receives data and a second reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronous control channel subframe and is not synchronized with the control channel.
  • the receiving end device receives data and a third reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization signal and the synchronization control signal are not in the frame or synchronization control channel subframe a symbol occupied by the track and at a different position from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
  • the receiving end uses the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses the synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel.
  • the receiving end uses the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal.
  • the receiving end uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses the including synchronization The synchronization signal sub-frame of the signal and synchronization control channel or the data in the synchronization control channel sub-frame.
  • the receiving end device uses the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal that are loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe in a time division manner as a demodulation reference of the loaded data.
  • the signal accurately resolves the data loaded in the sync signal sub-frame or the sync control channel sub-frame.
  • another embodiment of a signal receiving method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the receiving end device receives data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fourth reference signal, where the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
  • the receiving end uses the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the receiving end device uses the fourth reference signal that is loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe in a superimposed manner as a demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, and accurately parses the loaded synchronization signal. Subframe or synchronization control data in the channel sub-frame.
  • the receiving device may first receive the indication signaling sent by the transmitting device to indicate whether the synchronization sources in the group are QCLs, and then parse the data according to the indication result in different manners:
  • another embodiment of the data receiving method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the receiving end device receives the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether the synchronization source between the groups is a QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate multiple
  • the signal sent by the transmitting device is approximately a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
  • the so-called QCL refers to the signals from multiple independent transmitters, the parameters corresponding to the channels they experience (such as the maximum delay spread corresponding to the channel, the maximum frequency spread, or the maximum Doppler shift value, etc.) from the receiver. Looking at the differences, they can be approximated as signals from the same site.
  • the transmitter judges by receiving the D2DSS of all synchronization sources in the group before transmitting the data, and estimating and analyzing their channels. If the channels of all synchronization sources are approximately the same, the conditions of the QCL can be considered to be satisfied. .
  • the QCL can also be obtained by means of network signaling.
  • the network can determine whether each synchronization source in the current group is a QCL by acquiring the channel information of the UE on the cellular link or by reporting the channel information of each synchronization source detected by the UE.
  • the receiving end device receives data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, or The receiving end device receives the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fifth reference signal, and the fifth reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel;
  • the receiving end device receives data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. And the first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and the receiving end device receives the loading without including the synchronization signal.
  • the receiving The end device receives the data and the third reference signal loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, and the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel a symbol in a subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and that is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel
  • the receiving end device receives the loading in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • the receiving end uses the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or synchronizing the data in the control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as the a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, the receiving end The device uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and uses a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel as a demodulation reference signal of data in a bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and parses out The data in the synchronization control channel sub
  • the receiving end uses the first reference signal as a location. a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel, and in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, the receiving end uses the second a reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel a frame, the receiving end uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • Data, or the receiving end uses the fourth reference signal as
  • the receiving end device demodulates the loaded data in different manners according to the received instruction information, and can more accurately parse the synchronous signal subframe and/or the synchronous control channel subframe. data.
  • the data received by the receiving device is data of a cellular link.
  • the base station loads the data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the cellular terminal.
  • the base station is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention
  • the cellular terminal is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the difference in parsing data in the scenario of the D2D link is that the cellular terminal does not know whether the subframe received by itself is a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, and needs to first receive the second transmission by the base station.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate whether the subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, and the cellular link terminal determines the currently received subframe according to the second indication information.
  • the step of receiving the data loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame sent by the transmitting end device is performed, and it can be understood that the subsequent reception is performed.
  • the steps of data and parsing are similar to the specific process of receiving data of the D2D link in the foregoing embodiments. The following is an example of an embodiment:
  • another embodiment of the signal receiving method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the receiver device receives the second indication information that is sent by the sending end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the subframe currently received by the receiving end device is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the receiving end device is a cellular link UE, and the transmitting end device is a base station.
  • the receiving device receives the loading of the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control sent by the transmitting device.
  • Data in the channel subframe, the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe is a D2D synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the receiving end device parses the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the receiving end device when the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal and the transmitting end device is a base station, the receiving end device first receives the second indication information sent by the sending end device, and when the second indication information indicates the currently received sub
  • the frame is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe
  • the subsequent steps are performed such that unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe can be used to transmit data of the cellular link. , broaden the scope of use of unoccupied resources.
  • the step of receiving the second indication information sent by the sending end device in step 3201 in each embodiment of the data for receiving the D2D link may be applied to In this scenario, it is not described here.
  • the cellular terminal loads data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the base station.
  • the cellular terminal is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention
  • the base station is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the specific step of the base station parsing the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the base station as the receiving end device refer to the foregoing embodiments of receiving the data of the D2D link.
  • the specific step of parsing the data in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame is similar to that in the scenario of receiving the data of the D2D link, and is not described here.
  • the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or synchronous control channel subframes for rate matching.
  • Method 1 Use explicit or implicit signaling to indicate whether the transmitter or receiver of the cellular link is to be rate matched. The location of the rate match is determined by the resources used by the D2D link in the D2DSS subframe and the resources used by the demodulation reference signal in the cellular link.
  • Method 2 For receivers of cellular links, especially downlink receivers (this is the case when TDD downlink subframes are used for D2D), a UE-based approach can be used. A method includes the UE performing detection and decoding according to the transmission of D2DSS and the transmission of no D2DSS, respectively, to see which one the corresponding decoding result is correct.
  • Another method performs despreading energy detection on the demodulated reference signal on the second symbol on the D2DSS subframe, because there is no demodulation reference signal on the second time slot, and the solution on the first time slot After the reference signal is demodulated, there must be a lower energy. If this assumption is true, it indicates that the D2DSS subframe is currently used, and the rate matching on the receiving side needs to be performed.
  • the transmission and transmission cannot be done full duplex. That is, for a D2D UE, the D2D signal and the received D2D signal must be TDM.
  • a certain D2D synchronization source needs to receive the PD2DSCH signal from other synchronization sources, and Send the PD2DSCH signal as its next hop sync source.
  • the synchronization control channel may include a first synchronization control channel and a second synchronization control channel, where the first synchronization control channel has a first transmission.
  • the end device is loaded, and the second synchronous control channel is configured by the second transmitting end device. Loading, the first synchronization control channel and the second synchronization control channel may occupy different synchronization signal subframes.
  • the synchronization control channel sent by the first transmitter device UE1 occupies the first two synchronization signal subframes
  • the synchronous control channel sent by the two transmitting end devices UE2 occupies the third and fourth synchronization signal subframes
  • the synchronous control channel transmitted by the third transmitting end device UE3 occupies the fifth and sixth synchronization signal subframes.
  • the synchronization source UE1 when the PD2DSCH is transmitted, the synchronization source UE1 does not need to receive the PD2DSCH of the 2nd and 3rd UEs in these subframes, but can receive at the position where the 2nd and 3rd UEs transmit the PD2DSCH subframe. Thereby solving the problem of half duplex limitation.
  • the PD2DSCH actually transmitted by one synchronization source UE uses only a part of the subframes, and different synchronization source UEs use different subframes in the entire period when transmitting the PD2DSCH. Also, each transmission can occupy multiple consecutive or non-contiguous subframes.
  • the location of the PD2DSCH sent by each synchronization source may be notified by the base station to the UE, or may be obtained by the UE according to certain parameters. Specifically, which D2DSS subframe is used by the synchronization source UE, multiple D2DSS subframes in the PD2DSCH period may be divided into several parts and then associated by some parameters. For example, the synchronization source UE can be obtained according to the synchronization source ID. As shown in FIG. 33, if a maximum of 3 different PD2DSCHs can be transmitted in the PD2DSCH period, all or a part of different synchronization source IDs may be used for acquisition.
  • 3 refers to the maximum number that can be indicated in the PD2DSCH period.
  • Another method for indicating that different synchronization source UEs use different subframes in the PD2DSCH period is the number of steps of the synchronization source, such as the PD2DSCH of the synchronization source of different hops being placed at different positions within the PD2DSCH period. That is, the number of synchronization source hops of the first transmitting end device and the second transmitting end device is different.
  • the first synchronous control channel and the second synchronous control channel occupy different symbols in the same synchronization signal subframe, or different synchronization sources use different OFDM symbols in the same D2DSS subframe when transmitting the PD2DSCH.
  • the PD2DSCH of the first transmitting end device UE1 can use the symbols of the four positions 0, 1, 4, 5 of the first time slot; and the PD2DSCH of the second transmitting end device UE2 Then, the symbols of the four positions 0, 1, 4, and 5 of the second time slot are used.
  • the symbol can be divided into several parts and then associated by some parameters.
  • the synchronization source UE can be obtained according to the synchronization source ID.
  • the synchronization source Since the transmitter of the synchronization source transmits D2DSS, the synchronization source must also be the transmitter of the PD2DSCH. Different synchronization sources may be independent synchronization sources, or may receive timing references of other synchronization sources, and then transmit D2DSS downwards. The hop count of the synchronization source corresponding to the independent synchronization source is the first hop, and the synchronization source that is transmitted with reference to the first synchronization source is the second hop.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram showing an example of different D2D synchronization sources having different current synchronization source hops.
  • the current synchronization source hop count at which different synchronization sources are located may be indicated by a D2DSS sequence or by signaling carried in the PD2DSCH.
  • the transmitters having different current synchronization source hops have different positions in the time domain. For example, a PD2DSCH with a hop count of 0 can be at position 0, a PD2DSCH with a hop count of 1 can have an offset position 1 relative to position 0, and a PD2DSCH with a hop count of 2 can have an offset position relative to position 0. 2.
  • the D2DSS may first determine the current hop count of the detected D2DSS, and then determine the location of the corresponding PD2DSCH according to the corresponding offset position in time. Thereby, the detection time of the PD2DSCH receiver can be further reduced.
  • an embodiment of a transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • a determining module 3601 configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
  • the data loading module 3602 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 3601;
  • a sending module 3603 configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 3602 to the interface Receiving device.
  • the determining module 3601 first determines the unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the data loading module 3602 is in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the data is loaded on the unoccupied resource, and the sending module 3603 transmits the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe to the receiving device, so that the D2D synchronization signal subframe is effectively utilized.
  • Unoccupied resources increase the utilization of resources by the system.
  • the data of the D2D link and the data of the loaded cellular link are respectively described by the transmitting device on the unoccupied resource:
  • the transmitting device loads the data of the D2D link on the unoccupied resource.
  • FIG. 12 is an application scenario in which an unoccupied resource is used in a D2D link, where the base station device may or may not exist, but at least (a schematic diagram of a transmitter is shown in FIG. 12)
  • the D2D transmitting end device and the several D2D receiving end devices, the transmitting end device and the receiving end device are D2D terminals.
  • D2DUE1 is a transmitting end device
  • D2DUE2 and D2DUE3 are both receiving end devices.
  • both the transmitting device and the receiving device are D2D terminals.
  • the demodulation reference signal may be loaded on the unoccupied resource in a time division manner:
  • another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • a determining module 3701 configured to determine, in the synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
  • the data loading module 3702 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 3701;
  • the sending module 3703 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 3702 to the receiving end device;
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • the first reference loading module 3704 is configured to: when the synchronization signal sub-frame does not include the synchronization control channel, is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe. Loading the first reference signal on the symbol;
  • a second reference loading module 3705 configured to: when the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, in the synchronization control channel subframe, is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel Loading a second reference signal on the symbol;
  • a third reference loading module 3706 configured to: when the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, The third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the transmitting device may further include:
  • a sequence generating module 3707 configured to generate, on a bandwidth of the data, a unique determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal, or on a bandwidth where the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is located A first portion of the uniquely determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal is generated and a second portion of the sequence is generated over the remaining bandwidth.
  • the first reference loading module 3704, the second reference loading module 3705, and the third reference loading module 3706 load the first reference signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe by using a time division method.
  • the second reference signal or the third reference signal ensures that the loaded data can be smoothly demodulated.
  • the demodulation reference signal may also be loaded on the unoccupied resources by means of superposition:
  • another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • a determining module 3801 configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
  • the data loading module 3802 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 3801;
  • the sending module 3803 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 3802 to the receiving end device;
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a fourth reference loading module 3804 for using the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel On the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the frame, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded.
  • the fourth reference loading module 3804 superimposes the fourth reference signal on the synchronization signal as the demodulation reference signal of the data, thereby saving the position of the symbol in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and increasing The ability to load time domain resources that are data increases the utilization of resources.
  • the demodulation reference signal can also be loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel:
  • another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • a determining module 3901 configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
  • the data loading module 3902 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 3901;
  • the sending module 3903 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 3902 to the receiving end device;
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a fifth reference loading module 3904 configured to load a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the fifth reference loading module 3904 is specifically configured to: in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, generate a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data, and use the bandwidth of the data. a portion of the demodulation reference sequence overlapped with the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the control channel, and the remaining portion of the demodulation reference sequence is placed at a corresponding position to generate the fifth reference signal, or, in the synchronization
  • the fifth reference signal is generated at a position on the bandwidth of the data in the signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe that does not overlap the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • each synchronization source in the group is QCL, and then judge according to the judgment.
  • the result of the break is to load the demodulation reference signal.
  • the so-called QCL refers to the signals from multiple independent transmitters, and the parameters corresponding to the channels they experience (such as the maximum delay spread corresponding to the channel, the maximum frequency spread, or the maximum The Pule shift value, etc.) is small from the receiver and can be approximated as a signal from the same site.
  • the transmitter judges by receiving the D2DSS of all synchronization sources in the group before transmitting the data, and estimating and analyzing their channels. If the channels of all synchronization sources are approximately the same, the conditions of the QCL can be considered to be satisfied. .
  • the QCL can also be obtained by means of network signaling.
  • the network can determine whether each synchronization source in the current group is a QCL by acquiring the channel information of the UE on the cellular link or by reporting the channel information of each synchronization source detected by the UE.
  • another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • a determining module 4001 configured to determine, in a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
  • the data loading module 4002 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 4001;
  • the sending module 4003 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 4002 to the receiving end device;
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • the quasi-work station judging module 4004 is configured to determine whether a quasi-co-located QCL is found between the respective synchronization sources in the group, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group are approximately from the same a signal of the station, where the synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
  • the sixth reference loading module 4005 is configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, do not load the demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in the synchronization Loading a fifth reference signal at a location outside the bandwidth of the signal or synchronization control channel;
  • a seventh reference loading module 4006 configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, superimposing and loading on the symbols occupied by the synchronization signals in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe a fourth reference signal, or a first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol of a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel, and includes a synchronization signal subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel or In the synchronization control channel subframe, the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the quasi-work station judging module 4004 before the data loading module 4002 loads the data and demodulates the reference signal, the quasi-work station judging module 4004 first determines whether it is a QCL, and the sixth reference loading module 4005 and the seventh reference loading module 4006 according to the judgment result are different according to the judgment result. The method loads the demodulation reference signal, so that the loading of the demodulation reference signal is more flexible.
  • the transmitting end device may also be first determined whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, and then perform subsequent operations according to the judgment structure:
  • another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the determining module 4101 is configured to determine, in the synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
  • the data loading module 4102 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 4101;
  • the sending module 4103 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 4102 to the receiving end device;
  • the transmitting device also includes:
  • the quasi-work station judging module 4104 is configured to determine whether each of the synchronization sources in the group is a quasi-co-site QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the plurality of transmitting end devices in the discovery group are approximately from the same a signal of the station, where the synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
  • the sixth reference loading module 4105 is configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, do not load the demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in the synchronization Loading a fifth reference signal at a location outside the bandwidth of the signal or synchronization control channel;
  • the seventh reference loading module 4106 is configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, superimposing and loading on the symbols occupied by the synchronization signals in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe
  • the fourth reference signal or in the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronous control channel a first reference signal is loaded on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal and different from the synchronization signal, and a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal Uploading the second reference signal, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel Loading a third reference signal on the symbol of the location;
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a synchronization source determining module 4107 configured to determine whether the transmitting end device is a synchronization source transmitter
  • the first triggering module 4108 is configured to trigger the quasi-work station determining module 4104 when determining that the transmitting end device is not a synchronous source transmitter;
  • An eighth reference loading module 4109 configured to: when determining that the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, do not load a demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal or Loading a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, or superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or not including a first reference signal is loaded on a symbol of a synchronization signal sub-frame of the synchronization control channel that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • a third reference signal is loaded on a symbol at a different location from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the synchronization source determining module 4107 before the transmitting end device loads the data and demodulates the reference signal, the synchronization source determining module 4107 first determines whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, and loads the demodulation reference signal according to different manners according to the judgment result. This makes the loading of the demodulation reference signal more flexible.
  • the data loading module loads data on the un-occupied resources in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame.
  • the transmitting end device further includes:
  • a rate matching module configured to perform rate matching on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • the transmitting device loads the data of the cellular link on the unoccupied resource.
  • the base station loads the data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the cellular terminal.
  • the base station is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention
  • the cellular terminal is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the structure of the base station that loads the data of the cellular link as the transmitting end device is similar to the structure of the D2D terminal that loads the data of the D2D link as the transmitting end device, and details are not described herein.
  • the cellular terminal loads data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the base station.
  • the cellular terminal is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention
  • the base station is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the difference from the D2D terminal that loads the data of the D2D link as the transmitting device is that the cellular terminal that is the transmitting device does not know whether the subframe of the data to be transmitted is the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, and receives the
  • the base station of the end device knows, so the transmitting device needs to first receive an indication information sent by the base station to determine whether the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, and therefore the transmitter device needs to include
  • the module for receiving the indication information is described below by taking several embodiments as an example:
  • another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the transmitting end device When the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device is a cellular link terminal, and the receiving end device is a base station, the transmitting end device includes:
  • the determining module 4201 is configured to determine, in the synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
  • the data loading module 4202 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 4201;
  • the sending module 4203 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 4202 to the receiving end device;
  • the transmitting device also includes:
  • the receiving module 4204 is configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the second triggering module 4205 is configured to trigger the determining module 4201 when the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the receiving module 4204 when the sending end device is a cellular terminal, the receiving module 4204 needs to first receive the first indication information sent by the base station, and when the first indication information determines that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or synchronization.
  • the second trigger module 4205 triggers the determining module 4201 so that unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe can be used to transmit data of the cellular link, which broadens the The scope of use of the occupied resources.
  • the transmitting end device loads the data of the D2D link in a time division manner on the unoccupied resources, and only needs to add the receiving module that receives the first indication information to the transmitting end device. Triggering the trigger module of the determining module, the transmitting device can load the data of the cellular link on the unoccupied resources, and the specific changes are as follows:
  • the transmitting device includes:
  • a determining module configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe includes Synchronous control channel;
  • a data loading module configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module;
  • a sending module configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module to a receiving end device
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a first reference loading module configured to: when the synchronization signal sub-frame does not include a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal sub-frame, the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal is loaded on the symbol a reference signal;
  • a second reference loading module configured to: when the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe Loading a second reference signal;
  • a third reference loading module configured to: when the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, The third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the transmitting device may further include:
  • a sequence generating module configured to generate, on a bandwidth of the data, a first reference signal, and a second a uniquely determined sequence of reference signals or third reference signals, or a uniquely determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal over the bandwidth over which the synchronization signal or synchronization control channel is located Part of, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth;
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the second triggering module is configured to trigger the determining module when the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the transmitting device that loads the data of the D2D link in the above embodiments can be used to load the data of the cellular link.
  • the receiving module 4204 and the second triggering module 4205 are added to each of the transmitting end devices that load the data of the D2D link on the unoccupied resource, the data can be applied to load the cellular link. I won't go into details here.
  • an embodiment of a receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the first receiving module 4301 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control
  • the channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
  • the parsing module 4302 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the first receiving module 4301 receives the data that is sent by the transmitting device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the parsing module 4302 parses the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization.
  • the data in the control channel subframe utilizes resource transmission data of the synchronization favorite subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, thereby improving resource utilization.
  • the receiving device will parse the data differently:
  • the transmitting device does not load a separate demodulation reference signal for the data.
  • the parsing module 4302 may be specifically configured to use a synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data. And parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the parsing module 4302 uses the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the loaded data to accurately parse the loaded data.
  • the transmitting device loads the demodulation reference signal in a time division manner.
  • another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the first receiving module 4401 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control
  • the channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
  • the parsing module 4402 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the first receiving module 4401 specifically includes:
  • a first receiving unit 44011 configured to receive data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, where the first reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
  • a second receiving unit 44012 configured to receive data and a second reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe and is not synchronously controlled.
  • a third receiving unit 44013 configured to receive data and a third reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal a symbol in a subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
  • the parsing module 4402 specifically includes:
  • the first parsing unit 44021 is configured to parse the synchronization signal that does not include the synchronization control channel by using the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel.
  • the second parsing unit 44022 is configured to parse the synchronous control channel that does not include the synchronization signal by using the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal.
  • a third parsing unit 44023 for synchronizing signals including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel And using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on the frame or the synchronization control channel subframe, parsing out the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel The data.
  • the first parsing unit 44021, the second parsing unit 44022, and the third parsing unit 44023 load the first reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe by using the time-division manner by the receiving end device.
  • the second reference signal or the third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, and the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe is accurately parsed.
  • another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the first receiving module 4301 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control
  • the channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
  • the parsing module 4302 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the first receiving module 4301 is specifically configured to receive data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fourth reference signal, where the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded in the synchronization signal. Occupied symbol;
  • the parsing module 4302 is specifically configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe by using the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data.
  • the parsing module 4302 will use the fourth reference signal loaded on the synchronization signal sub-frame or the synchronization control channel sub-frame in a superimposed manner as a demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, and accurately parse the loading in synchronization.
  • the transmitting device loads the demodulation reference signal at a position outside the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel bandwidth:
  • another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the first receiving module 4501 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control
  • the channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
  • the parsing module 4502 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the first receiving module 4501 is specifically configured to receive data and a fifth reference signal that are loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the fifth reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal. a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the parsing module 4502 specifically includes:
  • a fourth parsing unit 45021 configured to use the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal, and parse the Included in the synchronization signal subframe of the synchronization signal or the data in the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the fifth parsing unit 45022 is configured to use the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, and use the synchronization control channel.
  • the demodulation reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data within the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal is parsed.
  • the fourth parsing unit 45021 and the fifth parsing unit 45022 perform the fifth reference signal that is loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Analyze and accurately obtain data that is loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the receiving end device includes a module that receives the indication signaling sent by the transmitting end device to indicate whether the respective synchronization sources in the group are QCL:
  • another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the first receiving module 4601 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control The channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
  • the parsing module 4602 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • the second receiving module 4603 is configured to receive the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether each synchronization source in the group is a QCL, and the QCL is used to represent the discovery group.
  • the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices are approximately signals from the same station, and the synchronization source includes the transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the discovery group;
  • the first receiving module 4601 specifically includes:
  • the fourth receiving unit 46011 is configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, receive data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or Receiving data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or Synchronizing the position of the control channel outside the bandwidth;
  • the fifth receiving unit 46012 is configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, receive data and a first reference that are loaded on the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. a signal, the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol of a synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include a synchronization control channel that is not occupied by a synchronization signal and is different from a synchronization signal, and is received by a synchronization control channel that does not include a synchronization signal.
  • the parsing module 4602 specifically includes:
  • the sixth parsing module 46021 is configured to parse the synchronization signal subframe by using a synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs And/or synchronizing the data in the control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as solutions of the data Tuning the reference signal, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, in a synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, Using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal for data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, using a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel as a demodulation reference signal for data in the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, Denoting the data in a synchronization control channel subframe having a synchron
  • the seventh parsing module 46022 is configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, use the first reference signal in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel.
  • the demodulation reference signal of the data parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and using the second reference signal in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal
  • the demodulation reference signal of the data parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel
  • the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or using the The fourth reference signal is used as a demodulation reference
  • the receiving end device demodulates the loaded data in different manners according to the indication signaling received by the second receiving module 4703, and can more accurately parse the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • the data in the sub-frame is the indication signaling received by the second receiving module 4703, and can more accurately parse the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • the data in the sub-frame is the indication signaling received by the second receiving module 4703, and can more accurately parse the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the transmitting end device When the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device is a base station, and the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal, the transmitting end device includes:
  • the first receiving module 4701 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control
  • the channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
  • the parsing module 4702 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the transmitting device further includes:
  • the third receiving module 4703 is configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the base station, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control.
  • the third triggering module 4704 is configured to trigger the first receiving module 4701 when the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe.
  • the third receiving module 4703 when the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal and the transmitting end device is a base station, the third receiving module 4703 first receives the second indication information sent by the sending end device, and when the second indication information indicates the current receiving When the subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe, the third trigger module 4704 triggers the first receiving module 4701 such that the unseen resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe It can be used to transmit data on cellular links, broadening the range of use of unoccupied resources.
  • the receiving device when the receiving device is a cellular link terminal, the foregoing embodiment of the receiving device that receives the data of the D2D link can be applied only by adding the third receiving module 4703 and the third trigger module 4704. In the corresponding scenario of the cellular link, no further details are provided here.
  • a schematic structural diagram of a network device 4800 in the embodiment of the present invention which may represent a receiving end device or a sending end device.
  • An embodiment of the network device includes:
  • the input device 4801, the output device 4802, the processor 4803, and the memory 4804 (wherein the number of the processors 4803 in the network device 4800 may be one or more, and one processor 4803 in FIG. 48 is taken as an example).
  • the input device 4801, the output device 4802, the processor 4803, and the memory 4804 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
  • the sender device in the embodiment of the present invention is described with reference to FIG. 48:
  • the processor 4803 is configured to perform the following operations by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory 4804:
  • a synchronization signal subframe of the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel;
  • the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
  • a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel;
  • the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel
  • the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And loading a third reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the respective synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs, wherein the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group can be approximated as signals from the same station, and the synchronization source includes The transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the discovery group;
  • the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal at the location;
  • the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or
  • the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe including the synchronization control channel, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • the second reference signal on the symbol different from the synchronous control channel, and in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And loading a third reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
  • the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is located outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  • the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  • the second reference signal is loaded on the symbol, and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is synchronized with the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • Different bits The third reference signal is loaded on the set symbol.
  • the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the determining device When the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, triggering the determining device to the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe of the device D2D The operation of unoccupied resources.
  • the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • Rate matching is performed on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention is described in conjunction with FIG. 48:
  • the processor 4803 is configured to perform the following operations by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory 4804:
  • the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe
  • the synchronization control channel subframe is a D2D synchronization control.
  • the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the synchronization signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is parsed.
  • the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • a third reference signal loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
  • the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, parsing the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel The data in the sync signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  • the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the third reference signal and the synchronization signal are used as demodulation reference signals of the data, and the synchronization signal including the synchronization signal is parsed
  • the third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as the synchronization control channel.
  • Demodulation reference signal of data within the bandwidth, parsing out the packet The data in the synchronization control channel subframe of the synchronization signal is included.
  • the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the indication signaling is used to indicate whether each synchronization source in the group is a QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate that multiple sending end devices in the discovery group send
  • the signal is approximately a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
  • the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, receiving data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or receiving the synchronization signal subframe and And synchronizing data in the control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe on;
  • the first reference signal Loading data and a second reference loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal on a symbol of the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and different from the synchronization signal
  • the second reference signal is recorded on a symbol of the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel, and receives the synchronization signal subframe that is included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  • the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and
  • the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are at different positions of the symbol, or the reception is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  • Data in the subframe and a fourth reference signal, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
  • the synchronization signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are parsed out.
  • the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as the synchronization reference signal in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal. Demodulating a reference signal of data within a bandwidth of the control channel, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal;
  • the first reference signal is used as a demodulation reference of the data.
  • Signaling, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and using the second reference signal as a demodulation reference of the data in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal Transmitting, by the signal, the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel
  • the demodulation reference signal of the data parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or using the fourth reference signal as the The demodulation reference signal of the data parses out the
  • the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • Second indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
  • the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe
  • triggering the loading of the receiving transmitter device to be transmitted in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel The operation of the data in the frame.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit. It can be electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium.
  • a number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a signal sending method, a signal receiving method and a relevant device therefor, which are used for effectively utilizing a vacant resource in a synchronous signal subframe and/or synchronous control channel subframe for increasing the utilization rate of resource by a system. The method of the embodiments of the present invention comprises: a transmitting end device firstly determines a vacant resource in a D2D synchronous signal subframe and/or synchronous control channel subframe and loads data onto the vacant resource in the synchronous signal subframe and/or synchronous control channel subframe, and then the transmitting end device sends the data loaded in the synchronous signal subframe and/or synchronous control channel subframe to a receiving end device.

Description

信号发送方法,信号接收方法及其相关设备Signal transmitting method, signal receiving method and related device 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及信号发送方法,信号接收方法及其相关设备。The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a signal transmitting method, a signal receiving method, and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
设备间通信(Device to Device,D2D),又称直通通信,是目前一种在第3步合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Patnership Project,3GPP)版本12(Rel-12)中正在标准化的技术。这种技术具有很明显的优点,如使用广播的方式,从一个用户发给多个用户时,只使用一份无线资源,从而提高空口传输的效率;设备之间直接通信,不需要经过基站和核心网,大大减少了网络的负荷。Device to Device (D2D), also known as through communication, is currently a technology being standardized in the 3rd Generation Patnership Project (3GPP) Release 12 (Rel-12). This technology has obvious advantages. For example, when using a broadcast method, only one radio resource is used when transmitting from one user to multiple users, thereby improving the efficiency of air interface transmission; direct communication between devices does not need to go through the base station and The core network greatly reduces the load on the network.
在D2D技术中,因为基站的参与少了,设备之间需要有更多的相互协调的机制。其中一种机制是,多个设备之间需要建立同步,所以需要在多个设备间发送同步信号。为了方便接收端设备对同步信号的接收,在D2D技术中,需要通过一个同步控制信道广播一些基本的控制信息。In D2D technology, because there is less participation of base stations, there is a need for more coordinated mechanisms between devices. One of the mechanisms is that synchronization needs to be established between multiple devices, so it is necessary to send synchronization signals between multiple devices. In order to facilitate the receiving end device to receive the synchronization signal, in the D2D technology, some basic control information needs to be broadcast through a synchronous control channel.
然而,目前,以一定周期间隔性发送的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,同步信号和同步控制信道只会占用发送的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的部分资源,同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中还有很多的时频资源没有被利用,造成了时频资源的浪费。However, at present, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe transmitted in a certain periodic interval, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel only occupy part of the resources of the transmitted synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, and are synchronized. There are still many time-frequency resources in the signal sub-frame or the synchronization control channel sub-frame that are not utilized, resulting in waste of time-frequency resources.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种一种信号发送方法,信号接收方法及其相关设备,用于有效的利用同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,提高系统对资源的利用率。The embodiment of the invention provides a signal sending method, a signal receiving method and a related device thereof, which are used for effectively utilizing unoccupied resources in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, thereby improving system resources. Utilization.
本发明实施例第一方面提供了一种信号发送方法,包括:A first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a signaling method, including:
发射端设备确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道; The transmitting end device determines a synchronization signal sub-frame of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel sub-frame, where the synchronization signal sub-frame includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel sub-frame includes synchronization control channel;
所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;Transmitting, by the transmitting device, data on an unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
所述发射端设备将加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。The transmitting device sends the loaded data to the receiving device.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面,本发明实施例第一方面的第一种实现方式中,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括:With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, the transmitting end device is not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. The steps to load data on the resource also include:
当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号;When the synchronization control channel is not included in the synchronization signal subframe, the transmitting end device loads the first reference signal in the synchronization signal subframe, which is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal. ;
当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,所述发射端设备在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;When the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, the transmitting end device loads the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe. Two reference signals;
当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the transmitting end device is not synchronized in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe. And the synchronization control channel is occupied, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
结合本发明实施例第一方面的第一种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第二种实现方式中,所述第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号分别由唯一确定的序列生成,并且其对应的序列生成方法包括:With reference to the first implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the second implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment, the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal are respectively determined by a unique Sequence generation, and its corresponding sequence generation methods include:
在所述数据的带宽上生成,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道所在的带宽上生成序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成序列的第二部分。Generating on the bandwidth of the data, or generating a first portion of the sequence over the bandwidth over which the synchronization signal or synchronization control channel is located, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面,本发明实施例第一方面的第三种实现方式中,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括:With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the transmitting end device is not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. The steps to load data on the resource also include:
所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号。The transmitting end device superimposes and loads the fourth reference signal on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面,本发明实施例第一方面的第四种实现方式中,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括: With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, the transmitting end device is not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. The steps to load data on the resource also include:
所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号。And transmitting, by the transmitting end device, a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例第一方面的第四种实现方式中,本发明实施例第一方面的第五种实现方式中,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号具体包括:With reference to the fourth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a fifth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment, the transmitting end device is in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel. In the frame, where the synchronization signal or the location of the synchronization control channel is outside the bandwidth, loading the fifth reference signal specifically includes:
所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,生成数据的带宽上的解调参考序列,将所述数据的带宽上的解调参考序列中与同步信号或控制信道的带宽重叠的部分删除,将所述解调参考序列剩余的部分放在相应的位置上生成所述第五参考信号;Transmitting, by the transmitting device, a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and demodulating the reference sequence in the bandwidth of the data with a synchronization signal or Partial deletion of bandwidth overlap of the control channel, placing the remaining portion of the demodulation reference sequence at a corresponding position to generate the fifth reference signal;
或,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中数据的带宽上,与同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽不重叠的位置,生成所述第五参考信号。Or, the transmitting end device generates the fifth reference signal at a position that does not overlap the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel on the bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面,本发明实施例第一方面的第六种实现方式中,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括:With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a sixth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, the resource that is not occupied by the transmitting end device in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the control channel subframe Before the step of loading data, it also includes:
所述发射端设备判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The transmitting end device determines whether a quasi-co-located QCL is found between the respective synchronization sources in the group, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group can be approximated as signals from the same station. The synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号;When it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal at the location;
当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步 控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or The first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe including the synchronization control channel, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. And loading the second reference signal on the symbol different from the synchronous control channel, and in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And synchronizing with the synchronization signal A third reference signal is loaded on the symbols of different positions of the control channel.
结合本发明实施例第一方面的第六种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第七种实现方式中,8、根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射端设备判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL的步骤之前还包括:With reference to the sixth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the seventh implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, the method according to claim 7, wherein the transmitting end device Before the step of judging whether it is a quasi-co-site QCL between each synchronization source in the group, the method further includes:
确定所述发射端设备是否为同步源发射机;Determining whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter;
当确定所述发射端设备不为同步源发射机时,触发所述发射端设备判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL的步骤;When it is determined that the transmitting end device is not a synchronous source transmitter, triggering, by the transmitting end device, a step of determining whether the respective synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs;
当确定所述发射端设备是同步源发射机时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号,或者在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When it is determined that the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is located outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal, or superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in a synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel The first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. The second reference signal is loaded on the symbol, and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is synchronized with the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. The third reference signal is loaded on the symbols of different positions.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面至第一方面的第七种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第八种实现方式中,所述数据为D2D链路的数据,或蜂窝链路的数据。With reference to the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention to the seventh implementation of the first aspect, in the eighth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment, the data is data of a D2D link, or a cellular link. data.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面至第一方面的第八种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第九种实现方式中,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为蜂窝链路终端,所述接收端设备为基站时,所述发射端设备确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源的步骤之前还包括:With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention to the eighth implementation manner of the first aspect, in the ninth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device And the step of determining, by the transmitting end device, the synchronization signal subframe of the device D2D and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, the method further includes:
所述蜂窝终端接收所述基站发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝终端当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;Receiving, by the cellular terminal, first indication information that is sent by the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
当所述第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制 信道子帧时,触发所述发射端设备确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源的步骤。When the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or synchronization control In the case of a channel subframe, the transmitting device is triggered to determine a device to the synchronization signal subframe of the device D2D and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面至第一方面的第九种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第十种实现方式中,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括:With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention to the ninth implementation of the first aspect, in the tenth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, the transmitting end device is in the synchronization signal subframe and/or The step of loading data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization control channel subframe further includes:
所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道中未被占用的资源上进行速率匹配。The transmitting device performs rate matching on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面至第一方面的第十种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第十一种实现方式中,所述未被占用的资源包括:With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention to the tenth implementation manner of the first aspect, in the eleventh implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, the unoccupied resources include:
未被所述同步信号和/或同步控制信道占用的子帧、符号或带宽。Subframes, symbols, or bandwidth that are not occupied by the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面至第一方面的第十一种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第十二种实现方式中,当所述数据的带宽大于所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,所述数据的带宽不跨越所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽;当所述数据的带宽小于同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,所述数据的带宽在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽之内。With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention to the eleventh implementation of the first aspect, in a twelfth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, when the bandwidth of the data is greater than the synchronization signal or synchronization When controlling the bandwidth of the channel, the bandwidth of the data does not span the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel; when the bandwidth of the data is less than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the bandwidth of the data is in the synchronization Within the bandwidth of the signal or synchronization control channel.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面至第一方面的第十二种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第十三种实现方式中,所述同步信号包括主同步信号和从同步信号,每个同步信号子帧包括前后两个时隙,在扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧中每个时隙包括0到5这六个符号,在正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧中每个时隙包括0到6这七个符号;With reference to the twelfth implementation of the first aspect to the first aspect of the present invention, in the thirteenth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal, Each synchronization signal subframe includes two slots before and after, and each slot in the synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP includes six symbols of 0 to 5, each of the synchronization signal subframes of the normal cyclic prefix CP. The time slot includes seven symbols from 0 to 6;
所述同步信号在所述同步信号子帧中占用的符号的位置包括:The location of the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe includes:
所述主同步信号和从同步信号在所述前后两个时隙中的间隔相同;The primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal have the same interval in the two slots before and after;
当所述同步信号子帧为扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号1和符号2;When the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 1 and symbol 2 in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe ;
或者,当所述同步信号子帧为扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号1和符号3;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbols 1 and 2 in the two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 3;
或者,当所述同步信号子帧为扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述 主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的所述前一个时隙中的符号0和符号1,并且占用所述后一个时隙中的符号3和符号4;Or when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP, The primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 0 and symbol 1 in the previous time slot of the synchronization signal subframe, and occupy symbols 3 and 4 in the subsequent time slot;
或者,当所述同步信号子帧为正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号2和符号3;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 2 and in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 3;
或者,当所述同步信号子帧为正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号2和符号4;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 2 and in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 4;
或者,当所述同步信号子帧为正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的所述前一个时隙中的符号0和符号1,并且占用所述后一个时隙中的符号4和符号5。Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy a symbol 0 in the previous time slot of the synchronization signal subframe. And symbol 1, and occupy symbol 4 and symbol 5 in the latter slot.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面至第一方面的第十三种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第十四种实现方式中,每个同步信号子帧包括前后两个时隙,在扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧中每个时隙包括0到5这六个符号,在正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧中每个时隙包括0到6这七个符号;With reference to the thirteenth implementation manner of the first aspect to the first aspect of the present disclosure, in the fourteenth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, each synchronization signal subframe includes two slots before and after, Each slot in the synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP includes six symbols of 0 to 5, and each slot in the synchronization signal subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP includes seven symbols of 0 to 6;
所述同步控制信道在所述同步信号子帧中,占用与所述同步信号位置不同的3个或4个符号。The synchronous control channel occupies three or four symbols different from the position of the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面至第一方面的第十四种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第十五种实现方式中,所述同步控制信道包括:第一同步控制信道和第二同步控制信道,所述第一同步控制信道由第一发射端设备加载,所述第二同步控制信道由第二发射端设备加载。With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention to the fourteenth implementation of the first aspect, in the fifteenth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, the synchronous control channel includes: a first synchronous control channel and a second synchronous control channel, the first synchronous control channel is loaded by the first transmitting end device, and the second synchronous control channel is loaded by the second transmitting end device.
结合本发明实施例第一方面的第十五种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第十六种实现方式中,With reference to the fifteenth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the sixteenth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述第一同步控制信道与所述第二同步控制信道占用不同的同步信号子帧;The first synchronization control channel and the second synchronization control channel occupy different synchronization signal subframes;
或者,所述第一同步控制信道与所述第二同步控制信道占用同一个同步信号子帧中不同的符号。Alternatively, the first synchronization control channel and the second synchronization control channel occupy different symbols in the same synchronization signal subframe.
结合本发明实施例第一方面的第十五种实现方式或第十六种实现方式,本发明实施例第一方面的第十七种实现方式中,所述同步控制信道占用的位置与 预定义的参数相关联;With reference to the fifteenth implementation manner or the sixteenth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in the seventeenth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, the location occupied by the synchronous control channel is Predefined parameters are associated;
当所述预定义的参数为同步源跳数时,所述第一发射端设备与所述第二发射端设备当前所处的同步源跳数不同;When the predefined parameter is the synchronization source hop count, the first source device and the second transmitter device are currently at different synchronization source hops;
当所述预定义的参数为同步源标识时,所述第一发射端设备与所述第二发射端设备使用的同步源标识不同。When the predefined parameter is a synchronization source identifier, the first source device and the second source device use different synchronization source identifiers.
本发明实施例第二方面提供了一种信号接收方法,包括:A second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a signal receiving method, including:
接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;The receiving end device receives data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe is D2D. Synchronous control channel subframe;
所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The receiving end device parses the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面,本发明实施例第二方面的第一种实现方式中,所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据具体包括:With reference to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the receiving end device parses the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe Specifically include:
所述接收端将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The receiving end uses the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面,本发明实施例第二方面的第二种实现方式中,所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据具体包括:With reference to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the receiving end device receives the subframe loaded in the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel sent by the transmitting device. The data in the specific includes:
所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上;The receiving end device receives data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, and the first reference signal is not loaded in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. a symbol on which the sync signal occupies and is different from the sync signal;
所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;Receiving, by the receiving end device, data and a second reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel. On a symbol that is different from the synchronous control channel;
所述接收端设备接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上; Receiving, by the receiving end device, data and a third reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or a symbol in a synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据具体包括:The determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,所述接收端使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据;In a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, the receiving end uses the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. The data;
在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;In a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, the receiving end uses the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. The data;
在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,所述接收端使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。And on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the receiving end uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal and Synchronizing the synchronization signal sub-frame of the control channel or the data in the synchronization control channel sub-frame.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面,本发明实施例第二方面的第三种实现方式中,所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据具体包括:With reference to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the receiving end device receives the subframe loaded in the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel sent by the transmitting device. The data in the specific includes:
所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;Receiving, by the receiving end device, the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fourth reference signal, where the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据具体包括:The determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
所述接收端使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The receiving end uses the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面,本发明实施例第二方面的第四种实现方式中,所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据具体包括:With reference to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the receiving end device receives the subframe loaded in the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel sent by the transmitting device. The data in the specific includes:
所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;Receiving, by the receiving device, data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, where the fifth reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel a position in the frame outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel;
所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据具体包括: The determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;In the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as demodulation reference signals of the data, and parses out that the synchronization is included a synchronization signal sub-frame of a signal or the data in a synchronization control channel sub-frame;
在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。In a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and uses a demodulation reference dedicated to the synchronization control channel. The signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data within the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal is parsed.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面,本发明实施例第二方面的第五种实现方式中,所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据之前还包括:With reference to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fifth implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the receiving end device receives the subframe loaded in the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel sent by the transmitting device. The data in the previous one also includes:
所述接收端设备接收所述发射端设备发送的指示信令,所述指示信令用于指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The receiving end device receives the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether the synchronization sources in the group are QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate multiple The signal sent by the transmitting device is approximately a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据具体包括:The receiving end device receiving the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame includes:
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,或者,所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, the receiving end device receives data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or the receiving The end device receives the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fifth reference signal, and the fifth reference signal is loaded and synchronized in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. a position outside the bandwidth of the signal or synchronization control channel;
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上,所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,所述接收端设备接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三 参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,或者,所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, the receiving end device receives data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. The first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and the receiving end device receives the synchronization control that does not include the synchronization signal. Data on the channel subframe and the second reference signal, the second reference signal being recorded on a symbol in the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronization control channel, the receiving device Receiving data and a third reference signal loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the third The reference signal is loaded on a symbol in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or the receiving end Receiving, by the device, the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fourth reference signal, where the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据具体包括:The determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,所述接收端将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCL, the receiving end parses the synchronization signal subframe and/or synchronization by using a synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data. Controlling the data in the channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as the data Demodulating the reference signal, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, and in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, the receiving device uses The third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as a demodulation reference signal for data in the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the Not including the data in the synchronization control channel subframe with the synchronization signal;
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,所述接收端设备使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel, the receiving end device uses the first reference signal as the a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel, and in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the second a reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel On the frame, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. Data, or the receiving end device uses the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or synchronizing the data in the control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面至第二方面的第五种实现方式,本发明实施例第二方面的第六种实现方式中,所述数据为D2D数据,或蜂窝数据。 With reference to the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, the fifth implementation manner of the second aspect, in the sixth implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment, the data is D2D data, or cellular data.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面至第二方面的第六种实现方式,本发明实施例第二方面的第七种实现方式中,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为基站,所述接收端设备为蜂窝链路终端时,所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据的步骤之前还包括:In a seventh implementation manner of the second aspect to the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the seventh implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present disclosure, when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device When the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal, the receiving end device further includes: before receiving the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame:
所述蜂窝链路终端接收所述基站发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝链路终端当前接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;And the second indication information is used to indicate whether the subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel. frame;
当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,触发所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据的步骤。When the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe, triggering, by the receiving end device, the loading of the synchronization signal subframe and/or synchronization sent by the transmitting device The step of controlling the data in the channel subframe.
本发明实施例第三方面提供了一种发射端设备,包括:A third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a transmitting end device, including:
确定模块,用于确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;a determining module, configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe includes Synchronous control channel;
数据加载模块,用于在所述确定模块确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;a data loading module, configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module;
发送模块,用于将所述数据加载模块加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。And a sending module, configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module to the receiving end device.
结合本发明实施例的第三方面,本发明实施例第三方面的第一种实现方式中,所述发射设备还包括:With reference to the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments, the transmitting device further includes:
第一参考加载模块,用于当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号;a first reference loading module, configured to: when the synchronization signal sub-frame does not include a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal sub-frame, the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal is loaded on the symbol a reference signal;
第二参考加载模块,用于当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;a second reference loading module, configured to: when the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe Loading a second reference signal;
第三参考加载模块,用于当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道 不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。a third reference loading module, configured to: when the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, Occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, and with the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel The third reference signal is loaded on the symbols of different positions.
结合本发明实施例的第三方面的第一种实现方式,本发明实施例第三方面的第二种实现方式中,所述发射端设备中还包括:With reference to the first implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the second implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiment, the transmitting device further includes:
序列生成模块,用于在所述数据的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道所在的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成该序列的第二部分。a sequence generating module, configured to generate, on a bandwidth of the data, a unique determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal, or generate a bandwidth on a synchronization signal or a synchronous control channel Corresponding to a first portion of the uniquely determined sequence of the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth.
结合本发明实施例的第三方面,本发明实施例第三方面的第三种实现方式中,所述发射端设备还包括:With reference to the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments, the transmitting device further includes:
第四参考加载模块,用于在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号。And a fourth reference loading module, configured to superimpose and load the fourth reference signal on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第三方面,本发明实施例第三方面的第四种实现方式中,所述发射端设备还包括:With reference to the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments, the transmitting device further includes:
第五参考加载模块,用于在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号。And a fifth reference loading module, configured to load a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例第三方面的第四种实现方式,本发明实施例第三方面的第五种实现方式中,所述第五参考加载模块具体用于,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,生成数据的带宽上的解调参考序列,将所述数据的带宽上的解调参考序列中与同步信号或控制信道的带宽重叠的部分删除,将所述解调参考序列剩余的部分放在相应的位置上生成所述第五参考信号,或,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中数据的带宽上,与同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽不重叠的位置,生成所述第五参考信号。With reference to the fourth implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fifth implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiment, the fifth reference loading module is specifically configured to: in the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the generated control channel, or a portion of the demodulation reference sequence on the bandwidth of the data that overlaps with the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the control channel, and the demodulation The remaining portion of the reference sequence is placed at a corresponding location to generate the fifth reference signal, or in the bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, with the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel The fifth reference signal is generated at a position where the bandwidth does not overlap.
结合本发明实施例的第三方面,本发明实施例第三方面的第六种实现方式中,所述发射端设备还包括:With reference to the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a sixth implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments, the transmitting device further includes:
准工站判断模块,用于判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The quasi-work station judging module is configured to determine whether the synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitter devices in the discovery group are approximated from the same site. Signal, the synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
第六参考加载模块,用于当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述 同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号;a sixth reference loading module, configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, do not load the demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in the Loading a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel;
第七参考加载模块,用于当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。a seventh reference loading module, configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, superimposing and loading on the symbols occupied by the synchronization signals in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe a fourth reference signal, or a first control signal that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and that is different from the synchronization signal in a synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel, in a synchronization control channel that does not include the synchronization signal a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol in the frame that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel, in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, A third reference signal is loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and at a different location from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
结合本发明实施例第三方面的第六种实现方式,本发明实施例第三方面的第七种实现方式中,所述发射端设备还包括:With reference to the sixth implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in the seventh implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments, the transmitting device further includes:
同步源确定模块,用于确定所述发射端设备是否为同步源发射机;a synchronization source determining module, configured to determine whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter;
第一触发模块,用于当确定所述发射端设备不为同步源发射机时,触发所述准工站判断模块;a first triggering module, configured to trigger the quasi-work station determining module when determining that the transmitting end device is not a synchronous source transmitter;
第八参考加载模块,用于当确定所述发射端设备是同步源发射机时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号,或者在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。An eighth reference loading module, configured to: when the transmitting end device is determined to be a synchronous source transmitter, not to load a demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal or synchronization Loading a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the control channel, or superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or not including synchronization The first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal sub-frame of the control channel that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal and The second reference signal is loaded on the symbols of the different positions of the synchronous control channel, and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. The synchronization signal and the symbol of different positions of the synchronization control channel are loaded with a third reference signal.
结合本发明实施例的第三方面至第三方面的第七种实现方式,本发明实施例第三方面的第八种实现方式中,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为蜂窝链路终端,所述接收端设备为基站时,所述发射端设备还包括:With reference to the third implementation of the third to third aspects of the embodiments of the present invention, in the eighth implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device When the receiving end device is a base station, the transmitting end device further includes:
接收模块,用于接收所述基站发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝终端当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道 子帧;a receiving module, configured to receive first indication information sent by the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel Subframe
第二触发模块,用于当所述第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,触发所述确定模块;a second triggering module, configured to trigger the determining module when the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
结合本发明实施例的第三方面至第三方面的第八种实现方式,本发明实施例第三方面的第九种实现方式中,所述发射端设备还包括:With reference to the third implementation of the third to third aspects of the embodiments of the present invention, in the ninth implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments, the transmitting device further includes:
速率匹配模块,用于在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道中未被占用的资源上进行速率匹配。And a rate matching module, configured to perform rate matching on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
本发明实施例第四方面提供了一种接收端设备,包括:A fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a receiving end device, including:
第一接收模块,用于接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;a first receiving module, configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel The subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
解析模块,用于解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。And a parsing module, configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面,本发明实施例第四方面的第一种实现方式中,所述解析模块具体用于,将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。With reference to the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments, the parsing module is specifically configured to: use a synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parse the The data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面,本发明实施例第四方面的第二种实现方式中,所述第一接收模块具体包括:With reference to the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments, the first receiving module specifically includes:
第一接收单元,用于接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上;a first receiving unit, configured to receive data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, where the first reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
第二接收单元,用于接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;a second receiving unit, configured to receive data and a second reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe and is not synchronized with the control channel A symbol that occupies and is different from the synchronous control channel;
第三接收单元,用于接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;a third receiving unit, configured to receive data and a third reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal a symbol in a frame or a synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
所述解析模块具体包括: The parsing module specifically includes:
第一解析单元,用于在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据;a first parsing unit, configured to use the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, and parse the synchronization signal that does not include a synchronization control channel The data in the frame;
第二解析单元,用于在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;a second parsing unit, configured to use the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, and parse the synchronization control channel that does not include the synchronization signal The data in the frame;
第三解析单元,用于在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。a third parsing unit, configured to parse the inclusion by using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel The synchronization signal and the synchronization signal sub-frame of the synchronization control channel or the data in the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面,本发明实施例第四方面的第三种实现方式中,所述第一接收模块具体用于,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;With reference to the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the first receiving module is specifically configured to receive and load a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe. And the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
所述解析模块具体用于,使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The parsing module is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe by using the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面,本发明实施例第四方面的第四种实现方式中,所述第一接收模块具体用于,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;With reference to the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments, the first receiving module is specifically configured to receive a subframe that is loaded in a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel. And a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
所述解析模块具体包括:The parsing module specifically includes:
第四解析单元,用于在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;a fourth parsing unit, configured to use the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal, and parse the inclusion a synchronization signal sub-frame having a synchronization signal or the data in a synchronization control channel subframe;
第五解析单元,用于在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。a fifth parsing unit, configured to use the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, and use a solution dedicated to the synchronization control channel The tone reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data within the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal is parsed.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面,本发明实施例第四方面的第五种实现方式 中,所述接收端设备还包括:With reference to the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, a fifth implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention is provided. The receiving device further includes:
第二接收模块,用于接收所述发射端设备发送的指示信令,所述指示信令用于指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;a second receiving module, configured to receive the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether each synchronization source in the group is a QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate the discovery group The signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices are approximately signals from the same station, and the synchronization source includes the transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the discovery group;
所述第一接收模块具体包括:The first receiving module specifically includes:
第四接收单元,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;a fourth receiving unit, configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, receive data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or receive Loading data in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe in synchronization signal or synchronization Position outside the bandwidth of the control channel;
第五接收单元,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上,接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;a fifth receiving unit, configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, receive data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. And the first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, which is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is received by the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. The upper data and the second reference signal are recorded in a symbol of the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel, and the reception is loaded with the synchronization signal and the synchronization a synchronization signal sub-frame of the control channel or data on the synchronization control channel sub-frame and a third reference signal, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame or the synchronization control channel sub-frame without the synchronization signal and Synchronizing the control channel to occupy a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or receiving the synchronization signal And / or a synchronization control channel and a data subframe fourth reference signal, said fourth reference signal is superimposed on the load signal occupied symbol synchronization;
所述解析模块具体包括:The parsing module specifically includes:
第六解析模块,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信 道子帧中的所述数据,在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;a sixth parsing module, configured to parse the synchronization signal subframe and the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs And/or synchronizing the data in the control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as demodulation of the data a reference signal, parsing the synchronization signal sub-frame or synchronization control signal including the synchronization signal The data in the sub-frame, in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, using a synchronization control channel dedicated Demodulating the reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data within a bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal;
第七解析模块,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。a seventh parsing module, configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, use the first reference signal as And demodulating the reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and using the second reference signal as a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal Demodulating the reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, Using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or using the The fourth reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面至第四方面的第五种实现方式,本发明实施例第四方面的第六种实现方式中,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为基站,所述接收端设备为蜂窝链路终端时,所述接收端设备还包括:With reference to the fourth implementation of the fourth to fourth aspects of the embodiments of the present invention, in the sixth implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device When the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal, the receiving end device further includes:
第三接收模块,用于接收所述基站发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝链路终端当前接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;a third receiving module, configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the base station, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel Subframe
第三触发模块,用于当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,触发所述第一接收模块。The third triggering module is configured to trigger the first receiving module when the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe.
本发明实施例第五方面提供了一种发送端设备,包括:A fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a sending end device, including:
输入装置,输出装置,处理器和存储器;Input device, output device, processor and memory;
通过调用所述存储器中存储的操作指令,所述处理器,用于执行如下操作:The processor is configured to perform the following operations by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory:
确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;Determining, by the device, a synchronization signal subframe of the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel;
在所述确定模块确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用 的资源上加载数据;Not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module Loading data on the resource;
将所述数据加载模块加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。Transmitting the data loaded by the data loading module to the receiving device.
结合本发明实施例的第五方面,本发明实施例第五方面的第一种实现方式中,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:With reference to the fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiments, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号;When the synchronization control channel is not included in the synchronization signal subframe, in the synchronization signal subframe, the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;When the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, in the synchronization control channel subframe, a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel;
当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And loading a third reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
结合本发明实施例第五方面的第一种实现方式,本发明实施例第五方面的第二种实现方式中,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:With reference to the first implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiment, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
在所述数据的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道所在的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成该序列的第二部分。Generating a uniquely determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal over the bandwidth of the data, or generating a corresponding reference signal on a bandwidth over which the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is located a first portion of the uniquely determined sequence of the second reference signal or the third reference signal, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth.
结合本发明实施例的第五方面,本发明实施例第五方面的第三种实现方式中,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:With reference to the fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiments, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号。And superimposing the fourth reference signal on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第五方面,本发明实施例第五方面的第四种实现方式中,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:With reference to the fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号。In the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the fifth reference signal is loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
结合本发明实施例第五方面的第四种实现方式,本发明实施例第五方面的第五种实现方式中,所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作: With reference to the fourth implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fifth implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiments, the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,生成数据的带宽上的解调参考序列,将所述数据的带宽上的解调参考序列中与同步信号或控制信道的带宽重叠的部分删除,将所述解调参考序列剩余的部分放在相应的位置上生成所述第五参考信号,或,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中数据的带宽上,与同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽不重叠的位置,生成所述第五参考信号。Generating, in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data, overlapping a bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the control channel in a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data Partial deletion, placing the remaining portion of the demodulation reference sequence at a corresponding position to generate the fifth reference signal, or, over the bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe And generating the fifth reference signal at a position that does not overlap with a bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
结合本发明实施例的第五方面,本发明实施例第五方面的第六种实现方式中,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:With reference to the fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a sixth implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiments, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;Determining whether the respective synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs, wherein the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group can be approximated as signals from the same station, and the synchronization source includes The transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the discovery group;
当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号;When it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal at the location;
当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or The first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe including the synchronization control channel, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. And loading the second reference signal on the symbol different from the synchronous control channel, and in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And loading a third reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
结合本发明实施例第五方面的第六种实现方式,本发明实施例第五方面的第七种实现方式中,51、根据权利要求50所述的发送端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:With reference to the sixth implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the seventh implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, the sending end device according to claim 50, characterized in that the processing It is also used to perform the following operations:
确定所述发射端设备是否为同步源发射机;Determining whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter;
当确定所述发射端设备不为同步源发射机时,触发所述判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL的操作;When it is determined that the transmitting end device is not a synchronization source transmitter, triggering the determining whether an operation between the respective synchronization sources in the group is a quasi-co-site QCL;
当确定所述发射端设备是同步源发射机时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步 控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号,或者在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When the transmitting end device is determined to be a synchronous source transmitter, not in the synchronization signal subframe or synchronization Loading a demodulation reference signal on a control channel subframe, or loading a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, or in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe Superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal, or loading a first reference signal on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in a synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel, a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, a second reference signal that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and that is different from the synchronization control channel, and a synchronization signal subframe that includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel Or in the synchronization control channel subframe, the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
结合本发明实施例的第五方面至第五方面的第七种实现方式,本发明实施例第五方面的第八种实现方式中,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为蜂窝链路终端,所述接收端设备为基站时,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:With reference to the seventh implementation of the fifth to fifth aspects of the embodiments of the present invention, in the eighth implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device When the receiving end device is a base station, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
接收所述基站发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝终端当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;Receiving, by the base station, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
当所述第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,触发所述确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源的操作。When the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, triggering the determining device to the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe of the device D2D The operation of unoccupied resources.
结合本发明实施例的第五方面至第五方面的第八种实现方式,本发明实施例第五方面的第九种实现方式中,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:With reference to the eighth implementation of the fifth to fifth aspects of the embodiments of the present invention, in a ninth implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the embodiments, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道中未被占用的资源上进行速率匹配。Rate matching is performed on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
本发明实施例第六方面提供了一种接收端设备,包括:A sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a receiving end device, including:
输入装置,输出装置,处理器和存储器;Input device, output device, processor and memory;
通过调用所述存储器中存储的操作指令,所述处理器用于执行如下操作:The processor is configured to perform the following operations by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory:
接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;Receiving, by the transmitting device, data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe is a D2D synchronization control. Channel subframe
解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。 Parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第六方面,本发明实施例第六方面的第一种实现方式中,所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:With reference to the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The synchronization signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is parsed.
结合本发明实施例的第六方面,本发明实施例第六方面的第二种实现方式中,所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:With reference to the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the embodiments, the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上;Receiving data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include a synchronization control channel, the first reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel is not occupied by the synchronization signal and Synchronizing signals on different positions of the symbol;
接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;Receiving data loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal and the second reference signal, the second reference signal being recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe not occupied by the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronous control channel The symbol of the position;
接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;Receiving data and a third reference signal loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据;And in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, using the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel;
在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;And in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, using the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal;
在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。Using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, parsing the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel The data in the sync signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第六方面,本发明实施例第六方面的第三种实现方式中,所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:With reference to the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the embodiments, the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上; Receiving data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fourth reference signal, wherein the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。Using the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第六方面,本发明实施例第六方面的第四种实现方式中,所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:With reference to the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the embodiments, the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;Receiving data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or Synchronizing the position of the control channel outside the bandwidth;
在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;In the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, the third reference signal and the synchronization signal are used as demodulation reference signals of the data, and the synchronization signal including the synchronization signal is parsed The data in the frame or synchronization control channel subframe;
在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。In a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, the third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as the synchronization control channel. The demodulation reference signal of the data within the bandwidth resolves the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
结合本发明实施例的第六方面,本发明实施例第六方面的第五种实现方式中,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:With reference to the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fifth implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the embodiments, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
接收所述发射端设备发送的指示信令,所述指示信令用于指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;And receiving the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether each synchronization source in the group is a QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate that multiple sending end devices in the discovery group send The signal is approximately a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:The processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, receiving data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or receiving the synchronization signal subframe and And synchronizing data in the control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe on;
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占 用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上,接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;Receiving, when the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, the first reference signal Loading in the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronous control channel is not occupied by the synchronization signal Receiving, on a symbol different from the synchronization signal, data and a second reference signal loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, wherein the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe Receiving, on a symbol occupied by the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronization control channel, data and a third reference signal loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the third The reference signal is loaded on a symbol in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or the reception is loaded in synchronization. a signal sub-frame and/or a data in a synchronization control channel subframe and a fourth reference signal, wherein the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, the synchronization signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are parsed out. In the data, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as demodulation reference signals of the data, parsing the The data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal as the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel Demodulation reference signal of data, using a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel as a demodulation reference signal of data in a bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and parsing out the subframe in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal Data
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel, the first reference signal is used as a demodulation reference of the data. Signaling, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and using the second reference signal as a demodulation reference of the data in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal Transmitting, by the signal, the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel As the demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or using the fourth reference signal as the The demodulation reference signal of the data parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
结合本发明实施例的第六方面至第六方面的第五种实现方式,本发明实施 例第六方面的第六种实现方式中,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:According to the fifth implementation manner of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, the present invention is implemented In a sixth implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
接收所述基站发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝链路终端当前接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;Receiving, by the base station, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,触发所述接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据的操作。When the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe, triggering the loading of the receiving transmitter device to be transmitted in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel The operation of the data in the frame.
从以上技术方案可以看出,本发明实施例具有以下优点:本发明实施例中发射端设备先确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据,发射端设备再将加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据发送到接收端设备,这样,有效的利用了D2D的同步信号子帧中未被占用的资源,提高了系统对资源的利用率。As can be seen from the foregoing technical solutions, the embodiment of the present invention has the following advantages: in the embodiment of the present invention, the transmitting end device first determines the unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, in the synchronization. The data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the transmitting device sends the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe to the receiving device. The effective use of the unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe improves the utilization of resources by the system.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本发明实施例中同步信号子帧与同步控制信道子帧之间关系一个实例示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a relationship between a synchronization signal subframe and a synchronization control channel subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本发明实施例中同步信号子帧与同步控制信道子帧之间关系另一个实例示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of another example of a relationship between a synchronization signal subframe and a synchronization control channel subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例中同步信号子帧与同步控制信道子帧之间关系另一个实例示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of another example of a relationship between a synchronization signal subframe and a synchronization control channel subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4为本发明实施例中同步信号子帧与同步控制信道子帧之间关系另一个实例示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of another example of a relationship between a synchronization signal subframe and a synchronization control channel subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为本发明实施例中子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道占用符号位置一个示例示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of a synchronization signal or a synchronization control channel occupying a symbol position in a subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图6为本发明实施例中子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道占用符号位置另一个示例示意图;6 is a schematic diagram showing another example of a synchronization signal or a synchronization control channel occupying a symbol position in a subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7为本发明实施例中子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道占用符号位置另一个示例示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing another example of a synchronization signal or a synchronization control channel occupying symbol position in a subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图8为本发明实施例中子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道占用符号位置另 一个示例示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a synchronization signal or a synchronization control channel occupying a symbol position in a subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention; An example schematic diagram;
图9为本发明实施例中不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中同步控制信道和解调参考信号占用符号位置的一个实例示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an example of a synchronization control channel and a symbol position occupied by a demodulation reference signal in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图10为本发明实施例中不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中同步控制信道和解调参考信号占用符号位置的另一个实例示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of another example of a synchronization control channel and a demodulation reference signal occupying a symbol position in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图11为本发明实施例中信号发送方法一个流程示意图;11 is a schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图12为本发明实施例中未被占用的资源使用在D2D链路中的一个应用场景示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario in which an unoccupied resource is used in a D2D link according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本发明实施例中加载的数据的带宽在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽内的一个实例示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an example of bandwidth of data loaded in a synchronization signal or a synchronous control channel according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图14为本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个流程示意图;FIG. 14 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图15为本发明实施例中加载的数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽的一个实例示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of an example of bandwidth of data loaded in a manner that exceeds a synchronization signal or a synchronous control channel according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图16为本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个流程示意图;16 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图17为本发明实施例中在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中采用时分的方式加载第一参考信号的一个实例示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an example of loading a first reference signal by using a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18为本发明实施例中在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中采用时分的方式加载第二参考信号的一个实例示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an example of loading a second reference signal by using a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图19为本发明实施例中在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中采用时分的方式加载第三参考信号的一个实例示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an example of loading a third reference signal by using a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20为本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个流程示意图;20 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图21为本发明实施例中在同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号的一个实例示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing an example of superimposing and loading a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by a synchronization signal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图22为本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个流程示意图;FIG. 22 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图23为本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个流程示意图;23 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图24为本发明实施例中未被占用的资源使用在蜂窝链路中的一个应用场景示意图;FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario in which an unoccupied resource is used in a cellular link according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图25为本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个流程示意图;25 is another schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图26为本发明实施例中信号接收方法一个流程示意图; 26 is a schematic flowchart of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图27为本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个流程示意图;27 is another schematic flowchart of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图28为本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个流程示意图;28 is another schematic flowchart of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图29为本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个流程示意图;29 is another schematic flowchart of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图30为本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个流程示意图;FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of another flow of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图31为本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个流程示意图;FIG. 31 is another schematic flowchart of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图32为本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个流程示意图;32 is another schematic flowchart of a signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图33为本发明实施例中不同的同步源发送同步控制信道时使用不同的同步信号子帧的一个实例示意图;33 is a schematic diagram of an example of using different synchronization signal subframes when different synchronization sources send synchronization control channels according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图34为本发明实施例中不同的同步源发送同步控制信道时使用同一个同步信号子帧中的不同的符号的一个实例示意图;FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of an example of using different symbols in a subframe of the same synchronization signal when different synchronization sources send synchronization control channels according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图35为本发明实施例中不同D2D同步源具有不同的当前同步源跳数的一个实例示意图;35 is a schematic diagram of an example of different D2D synchronization sources having different current synchronization source hops according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图36为本发明实施例中发送端设备一个结构示意图;36 is a schematic structural diagram of a device at a transmitting end according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图37为本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个结构示意图;37 is another schematic structural diagram of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图38为本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个结构示意图;38 is another schematic structural diagram of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图39为本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个结构示意图;39 is another schematic structural diagram of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图40为本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个结构示意图;40 is another schematic structural diagram of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图41为本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个结构示意图;41 is another schematic structural diagram of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图42为本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个结构示意图;FIG. 42 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus of a transmitting end device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图43为本发明实施例中接收端设备一个结构示意图;43 is a schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图44为本发明实施例中接收端设备另一个结构示意图;44 is another schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图45为本发明实施例中接收端设备另一个结构示意图;45 is another schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图46为本发明实施例中接收端设备另一个结构示意图;FIG. 46 is another schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图47为本发明实施例中接收端设备另一个结构示意图;47 is another schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图48为本发明实施例中网络设备一个结构示意图。FIG. 48 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是 全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, instead of All embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
应当理解,尽管在本发明实施例中可能采用术语第一、第二等来描述各个参考信号或发射端设备,但参考信号或发射端设备不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将用参考信号或发射端设备彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本发明实施例范围的情况下,第一参考信号也可以被称为第二参考信号,类似地,第二参考信号也可以被称为第一参考信号;同样的,第二发射端设备也可以被称为第三发射端设备等等,本发明实施例对此不做限制。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, etc. may be used to describe various reference signals or transmitting devices in the embodiments of the present invention, the reference signals or transmitting devices should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one another from a reference signal or a transmitting device. For example, the first reference signal may also be referred to as a second reference signal without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present invention. Similarly, the second reference signal may also be referred to as a first reference signal; likewise, the second The transmitting device can also be referred to as a third transmitting device or the like, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
此处在本发明的描述中使用的术语是用于描述特定实施例的目的并且不旨在作为对本发明的限制。The terminology used in the description of the present invention is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments and is not intended to limit the invention.
术语“同步信号子帧”表示包含有同步信号的子帧,术语“同步控制信道子帧表示用于包含有同步控制信道的子帧”,其中,同步信号的子帧中也可以包含有同步控制信道,同步控制信号的子帧中也可以包含有同步信号。本发明中的同步信号,均为设备到设备D2D的同步信号,可以用缩略语D2DSS(D2D Synchronization Signal,D2D同步信号)来描述。同步信号具体包括主D2D同步信号(Primary D2D Synchronization Signal,PD2DSS)和从D2D同步信号(Secondary D2D Synchronization Signal,SD2DSS),而同步控制信道是同步源发射机发送给接收机接收公共控制、公共指示信息的信道,可称为广播控制信道,简写为PD2DSCH(Physical D2D Synchronization Channel,物理D2D同步信道),也可称为SL-BCH(SideLink Broadcast CHannel旁链路广播信道信道)。PD2DSCH信道的带宽与D2DSS带宽相同。具体地D2DSS有效信号占用中心的6PRB(Physical Resource Block物理资源块)共72个子载波中的62个数据子载波,剩下的10个子载波则作为D2DSS的保护子载波。而PD2DSCH信道则占用中心的6PRB共72个子载波的部分或全部带宽。该同步控制信道中可能包括的控制信令的内容有:D2D的帧号,TDD的配置,时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)/频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)的相区别的指示信令,系统带宽,同步源类型,当前所处的跳数,发射或接收资源池的指示信息等。总之,这个同步控制信道主要是指:在同步源发射机发射的包括必要的公共指示信息,用于D2D同步源的接收机来接收使用 的信道。The term "synchronization signal subframe" denotes a subframe containing a synchronization signal, and the term "synchronization control channel subframe denotes a subframe for containing a synchronization control channel", wherein the synchronization signal may also include synchronization control in a subframe. The channel, the synchronization control signal, may also include a synchronization signal in the subframe. The synchronization signal in the present invention is a synchronization signal from the device to the device D2D, and can be described by the abbreviation D2DSS (D2D Synchronization Signal). The synchronization signal specifically includes a primary D2D Synchronization Signal (PD2DSS) and a secondary D2D Synchronization Signal (SD2DSS), and the synchronous control channel is a synchronous source transmitter sent to the receiver to receive the common control and common indication information. The channel may be referred to as a broadcast control channel, abbreviated as PD2DSCH (Physical D2D Synchronization Channel), and may also be referred to as SL-BCH (SideLink Broadcast CHannel). The bandwidth of the PD2DSCH channel is the same as the bandwidth of the D2DSS. Specifically, the D2DSS effective signal occupies 62 data subcarriers of the 72 PRBs (Physical Resource Block) of the center, and the remaining 10 subcarriers serve as protection subcarriers of the D2DSS. The PD2DSCH channel occupies part or all of the bandwidth of the central 6PRB total 72 subcarriers. The contents of the control signaling that may be included in the synchronous control channel are: D2D frame number, TDD configuration, Time Division Duplex (TDD)/Frequency Division Duplex (FDD). Indicates signaling, system bandwidth, synchronization source type, current hop count, indication information of the transmit or receive resource pool, and so on. In summary, this synchronous control channel mainly refers to: the common indication information transmitted at the synchronization source transmitter, which is used by the receiver for the D2D synchronization source to receive and use. Channel.
在本发明实施例中,使用D2DSS作为同步信号的缩略语,使用PD2DSS作为主D2D同步信号的缩略语,使用SD2DSS作为从D2D同步信号的缩略语,使用PD2DSCH作为同步控制信道的缩略语。In the embodiment of the present invention, D2DSS is used as an abbreviation of the synchronization signal, PD2DSS is used as an abbreviation of the main D2D synchronization signal, SD2DSS is used as an abbreviation of the D2D synchronization signal, and PD2DSCH is used as an abbreviation of the synchronization control channel.
其中,子帧的资源包括有时域资源和频域资源。在时域资源上,一个子帧分为前后两个时隙,前一个时隙可以称为第1个时隙,后一个时隙可以称为第2个时隙;正常循环前缀CP的子帧每个时隙又分为7个符号,编号为从0到6;扩展循环前缀CP的子帧每个时隙又分为6个符号,编号为从0到5,每个子帧的第2个时隙的最后一个符号都被GAP(即在时域上空出来不发的部分)间隔占用。即术语“符号”表示子帧中的部分时域资源。而在一个子帧中,在同一个时域资源中还可以利用不同的频域资源。The resources of the subframe include a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource. On the time domain resource, one subframe is divided into two slots, the former slot can be called the first slot, the latter slot can be called the second slot; the subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP Each time slot is further divided into 7 symbols, numbered from 0 to 6; the subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP is further divided into 6 symbols, numbered from 0 to 5, and the second of each subframe. The last symbol of the time slot is occupied by the GAP (that is, the part that is not sent out in the time domain). That is, the term "symbol" refers to a partial time domain resource in a subframe. In a sub-frame, different frequency domain resources can also be utilized in the same time domain resource.
术语“解调参考信号”表示专门用于解调数据的参考信号,本发明实施例中用缩略语DMRS表示。The term "demodulation reference signal" means a reference signal dedicated to demodulating data, which is represented by the abbreviation DMRS in the embodiment of the present invention.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例中的各参考信号:包括第一参考信号至第五参考信号,都是用于对加载的数据进行解调的解调参考信号。当发射端设备也是同步源发射机时,这些参考信号也可以作为同步控制信道的解调参考信号,此处不作限定。It can be understood that each reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention includes: a first reference signal to a fifth reference signal, which are demodulation reference signals used for demodulating the loaded data. When the transmitting end device is also a synchronous source transmitter, these reference signals can also be used as a demodulation reference signal of the synchronous control channel, which is not limited herein.
先对本发明的一些应用场景进行描述:First, some application scenarios of the present invention are described:
PD2DSCH子帧可以包括在D2DSS子帧中,也可以不包括在D2DSS子帧中,PD2DSCH子帧与D2DSS子帧的发送周期也都不作限制,下面分情况举例进行说明:The PD2DSCH subframe may be included in the D2DSS subframe or may not be included in the D2DSS subframe. The transmission period of the PD2DSCH subframe and the D2DSS subframe is also not limited.
一、PD2DSCH子帧全部包含在D2DSS子帧中:1. The PD2DSCH subframes are all included in the D2DSS subframe:
第一种情况:请参阅图1,以D2DSS的传输周期(即每两次传输的间隔时间)为40ms,使用4个D2DSS子帧为一个PD2DSCH的传输周期为例,在一个PD2DSCH的传输周期160ms内,会传输4个D2DSS子帧,可以使用其中两个连续的D2DSS子帧来传输PD2DSCH的内容,则在这两个D2DSS子帧中,也包含PD2DSCH子帧。例如,在D2DSS子帧中,被SD2DSS和PD2DSS分别占用两个符号,在包含PD2DSCH子帧的D2DSS子帧中,除了被SD2DSS和PD2DSS占用以及被D2D的保护间隔GAP占用的符号外,其他的符号都被 PD2DSCH占用。在这种场景下,一个PD2DSCH的传输周期中,没有包含PD2DSCH子帧的D2DSS子帧的符号中,只被SD2DSS、PD2DSS以及GAP占用了5个符号,剩余的时频资源都没有被使用,则在正常循环前缀CP的D2DSS子帧中还剩余9个符号没有被使用。The first case: Referring to FIG. 1, the transmission period of the D2DSS (that is, the interval between each transmission) is 40 ms, and the transmission period of the D2DSS subframe is used as one PD2DSCH, and the transmission period of one PD2DSCH is 160 ms. Four D2DSS subframes are transmitted, and two consecutive D2DSS subframes can be used to transmit the content of the PD2DSCH. In the two D2DSS subframes, the PD2DSCH subframe is also included. For example, in the D2DSS subframe, two symbols are respectively occupied by the SD2DSS and the PD2DSS, and in the D2DSS subframe including the PD2DSCH subframe, except for the symbols occupied by the SD2DSS and the PD2DSS and occupied by the D2D guard interval GAP, other symbols are used. Have been PD2DSCH is occupied. In this scenario, in the transmission period of a PD2DSCH, the symbols of the D2DSS subframes that do not contain the PD2DSCH subframe are only occupied by SD2DSS, PD2DSS, and GAP, and the remaining time-frequency resources are not used. The remaining 9 symbols in the D2DSS subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP are not used.
第二种情况:请参阅图2,还是以D2DSS的传输周期(即每两次传输的间隔时间)为40ms,使用4个D2DSS子帧为一个PD2DSCH的传输周期为例,但是在每个D2DSS子帧中都发送一部分的PD2DSCH,例如,在每个D2DSS子帧中SD2DSS和PD2DSS分别占用2个符号,PD2DSCH占用3个符号,则在正常循环前缀CP的D2DSS子帧中还剩余6个符号没有被使用。The second case: Please refer to Figure 2, or take the D2DSS transmission period (that is, the interval between each transmission) is 40ms, using 4 D2DSS subframes as a PD2DSCH transmission period as an example, but in each D2DSS sub- A part of the PD2DSCH is transmitted in the frame. For example, in each D2DSS subframe, SD2DSS and PD2DSS occupy 2 symbols respectively, and PD2DSCH occupies 3 symbols, then 6 symbols remain in the D2DSS subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP. use.
上面两种情况中,PD2DSCH子帧都全部包含在D2DSS子帧中,每个PD2DSCH子帧中都包含D2DSS,每个D2DSS子帧中都包含PD2DSCH。In the above two cases, the PD2DSCH subframes are all included in the D2DSS subframe, and each PD2DSCH subframe includes D2DSS, and each D2DSS subframe includes PD2DSCH.
二、PD2DSCH子帧部分包含在D2DSS子帧中。2. The PD2DSCH subframe portion is included in the D2DSS subframe.
第三种情况:请参阅图3,以D2DSS子帧的传输周期为40ms,PD2DSCH子帧的传输周期为10ms为例,PD2DSCH子帧等间隔的位于40ms的4个子帧中,其中一个PD2DSCH子帧包含在D2DSS子帧中,其他的PD2DSCH子帧单独存在。在这种场景下,40ms内发送的4个PD2DSCH子帧中,有三个PD2DSCH子帧中只包含有PD2DSCH,不包含D2DSS,所以其中也有剩余的符号没有被使用。The third case: Referring to FIG. 3, the transmission period of the D2DSS subframe is 40 ms, and the transmission period of the PD2DSCH subframe is 10 ms. The PD2DSCH subframe is equally spaced in 4 subframes of 40 ms, and one PD2DSCH subframe. Included in the D2DSS subframe, other PD2DSCH subframes exist separately. In this scenario, among the four PD2DSCH subframes transmitted within 40 ms, only three PD2DSCH subframes contain PD2DSCH and do not include D2DSS, so the remaining symbols are not used.
三、PD2DSCH子帧不包含在D2DSS子帧中。3. The PD2DSCH subframe is not included in the D2DSS subframe.
第四种情况:请参阅图4,以D2DSS子帧的传输周期为40ms,PD2DSCH子帧的传输周期为10ms为例,PD2DSCH子帧都不位于D2DSS子帧中,每个D2DSS子帧中都不包含PD2DSCH,每个PD2DSCH子帧中也都不包含D2DSS子帧,所以,每个子帧中都有剩余的符号没有被使用。The fourth case: Referring to FIG. 4, the transmission period of the D2DSS subframe is 40 ms, and the transmission period of the PD2DSCH subframe is 10 ms. The PD2DSCH subframe is not located in the D2DSS subframe, and not in each D2DSS subframe. The PD2DSCH is included, and each of the PD2DSCH subframes does not include a D2DSS subframe, so that the remaining symbols in each subframe are not used.
上面举例描述了本发明实施例的一些应用场景,可以理解的是,上述举例中D2DSS的传输周期,PD2DSCH的传输周期都只是一些具体的例子,并不构成对本发明的限定,例如,D2DSS的传输周期还可以是80ms,160ms,D2DSS的传输周期还可以是20ms,10ms等,此处不作限定。The foregoing example describes some application scenarios of the embodiment of the present invention. It can be understood that the transmission period of the D2DSS in the above example and the transmission period of the PD2DSCH are only specific examples, and do not constitute a limitation of the present invention, for example, transmission of the D2DSS. The period can also be 80ms, 160ms, and the transmission period of the D2DSS can also be 20ms, 10ms, etc., which is not limited herein.
而D2DSS子帧或者PD2DSCH子帧可以是正常循环前缀CP的子帧,也可以是扩展循环前缀CP的子帧。扩展循环前缀CP与正常循环前缀CP的不 同只是在1ms的子帧内,符号的数目不同,CP的长度不同,以及参考信号所在的位置不同。各子帧中D2DSS或PD2DSCH占用符号的位置也可以根据实际情况或协议规定,有很多种情况,此处不作限定,下面举例进行说明:The D2DSS subframe or the PD2DSCH subframe may be a subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, or may be a subframe of an extended cyclic prefix CP. Extended cyclic prefix CP with normal cyclic prefix CP Just in the 1ms sub-frame, the number of symbols is different, the length of the CP is different, and the position of the reference signal is different. The location of the D2DSS or PD2DSCH occupied symbols in each sub-frame can also be specified according to the actual situation or protocol. There are many cases, which are not limited here.
如图5所示为扩展循环前缀CP的子帧中D2DSS和PD2DSCH占用符号的位置一个示例,其中,PD2DSS占用第1个和第2个时隙的符号1,SD2DSS占用第1个和第2个时隙的符号2,PD2DSCH占用第2个时隙的符号0,符号3和符号4。An example of the location of the D2DSS and PD2DSCH occupied symbols in the subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP is shown in FIG. 5, where the PD2DSS occupies the symbol 1 of the 1st and 2nd slots, and the SD2DSS occupies the 1st and 2nd Symbol 2 of the slot, PD2DSCH occupies symbol 0, symbol 3 and symbol 4 of the second slot.
如图6所示为正常循环前缀CP的子帧中D2DSS和PD2DSCH占用符号的位置一个示例,其中,PD2DSS占用第1个和第2个时隙的符号2,SD2DSS占用第1个和第2个时隙的符号3,PD2DSCH占用第2个时隙的符号1,符号4和符号5。An example of the location of the D2DSS and PD2DSCH occupied symbols in the subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP is shown in FIG. 6, where the PD2DSS occupies the symbol 2 of the 1st and 2nd slots, and the SD2DSS occupies the 1st and 2nd Symbol 3 of the slot, PD2DSCH occupies symbol 1, symbol 4 and symbol 5 of the second slot.
如图7所示为扩展循环前缀CP的子帧中D2DSS和PD2DSCH占用符号的位置另一个示例,其中,PD2DSS占用第1个和第2个时隙的符号1,SD2DSS占用第1个和第2个时隙的符号3,PD2DSCH占用第2个时隙的符号0,符号2和符号4。Another example of the location of the D2DSS and PD2DSCH occupied symbols in the subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP is shown in FIG. 7, where the PD2DSS occupies the symbol 1 of the 1st and 2nd slots, and the SD2DSS occupies the 1st and 2nd. Symbol 3 of the time slot, PD2DSCH occupies symbol 0, symbol 2 and symbol 4 of the second time slot.
如图8所示为正常循环前缀CP的子帧中D2DSS和PD2DSCH占用符号的位置另一个示例,其中,PD2DSS占用第1个和第2个时隙的符号2,SD2DSS占用第1个和第2个时隙的符号4,PD2DSCH占用第2个时隙的符号1,符号3和符号5。Another example of the location of the D2DSS and PD2DSCH occupied symbols in the subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP is shown in FIG. 8, where the PD2DSS occupies the symbol 2 of the 1st and 2nd slots, and the SD2DSS occupies the 1st and 2nd. Symbol 4 of the time slot, PD2DSCH occupies symbol 1, symbol 3 and symbol 5 of the second time slot.
可以理解的是,由于D2DSS本身就是由参考信号生成的已知的序列,所以它不需要解调参考信号,而PD2DSCH里面传输的是信息,对接收机而言是需要待确定的,当PD2DSCH子帧位于D2DSS子帧中时,PD2DSCH可以将子帧中的D2DSS作为解调参考信号,但是当在单独存在的PD2DSCH子帧中,也就是不包括D2DSS的子帧中,需要加载单独的解调参考信号来对PD2DSCH进行解调,也就是说,不包括D2DSS的PD2DSCH子帧中,专门用于解调PD2DSCH的解调参考信号还占用部分符号。而包括有D2DSS的PD2DSCH子帧中,PD2DSCH可以将同步信号作为解调参考信号,也可以使用专门的解调参考信号,此处不作限定。It can be understood that since the D2DSS itself is a known sequence generated by the reference signal, it does not need to demodulate the reference signal, and the information transmitted in the PD2DSCH is information to be determined by the receiver when the PD2DSCH is required. When the frame is located in the D2DSS subframe, the PD2DSCH may use the D2DSS in the subframe as the demodulation reference signal, but when in the separately existing PD2DSCH subframe, that is, the subframe that does not include the D2DSS, a separate demodulation reference needs to be loaded. The signal is used to demodulate the PD2DSCH, that is, in the PD2DSCH subframe that does not include the D2DSS, the demodulation reference signal dedicated to demodulating the PD2DSCH also occupies part of the symbol. In the PD2DSCH subframe including the D2DSS, the PD2DSCH may use the synchronization signal as the demodulation reference signal, and may also use a dedicated demodulation reference signal, which is not limited herein.
如图9所示为不包括D2DSS的正常循环前缀CP的PD2DSCH子帧中 PD2DSCH和DMRS占用符号位置的一个示例,其中,PD2DSCH占用第2个时隙的符号4和符号5,DMRS占用第2个时隙的符号3。此时这里的DMRS在所在符号上的占用的带宽至少要不小于PD2DSCH信道占用的带宽。As shown in FIG. 9, in the PD2DSCH subframe that does not include the normal cyclic prefix CP of the D2DSS. An example of PD2DSCH and DMRS occupying symbol positions, where PD2DSCH occupies symbol 4 and symbol 5 of the second slot, and DMRS occupies symbol 3 of the second slot. At this time, the bandwidth occupied by the DMRS on the symbol is at least not less than the bandwidth occupied by the PD2DSCH channel.
如图10所示为不包括D2DSS的扩展循环前缀CP的PD2DSCH子帧中PD2DSCH和DMRS占用符号位置的一个示例,其中,PD2DSCH占用第2个时隙的符号3和符号4,DMRS占用第2个时隙的符号2。FIG. 10 is an example of PD2DSCH and DMRS occupied symbol positions in a PD2DSCH subframe that does not include an extended cyclic prefix CP of D2DSS, where PD2DSCH occupies symbol 3 and symbol 4 of the second slot, and DMRS occupies the second Symbol 2 of the time slot.
可以理解的是,上述仅仅是PD2DSCH或D2DSS占用PD2DSCH子帧或D2DSS子帧中符号位置的一些示例,根据实际需求或协议规定,还可以有更多的对符号位置占用的方式,此处不作限定。It is to be understood that the foregoing is only some examples in which the PD2DSCH or the D2DSS occupies the symbol position in the PD2DSCH subframe or the D2DSS subframe. According to the actual requirements or the protocol, there may be more ways to occupy the symbol position, which is not limited herein. .
例如仅对于同步信号中主同步信号和从同步信号中的位置,就可以有更多种方式,并且其中主同步信号和从同步信号占用的符号的位置可以互换,并且主同步信号和从同步信号在前后两个时隙中的间隔相同:For example, only for the position of the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal in the synchronization signal, there are more ways, and wherein the positions of the primary synchronization signal and the symbols occupied from the synchronization signal are interchangeable, and the primary synchronization signal and the slave synchronization The signal has the same interval between the two slots:
当所述同步信号子帧为扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号1和符号2;When the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 1 and symbol 2 in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe ;
或者,当所述同步信号子帧为扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号1和符号3;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbols 1 and 2 in the two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 3;
或者,当所述同步信号子帧为扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的所述前一个时隙中的符号0和符号1,并且占用所述后一个时隙中的符号3和符号4;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy a symbol 0 in the previous time slot of the synchronization signal subframe. And symbol 1, and occupy symbol 3 and symbol 4 in the subsequent slot;
或者,当所述同步信号子帧为正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号2和符号3;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 2 and in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 3;
或者,当所述同步信号子帧为正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号2和符号4;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 2 and in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 4;
或者,当所述同步信号子帧为正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的所述前一个时隙中的 符号0和符号1,并且占用所述后一个时隙中的符号4和符号5;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy the previous time slot of the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 0 and symbol 1, and occupy symbol 4 and symbol 5 in the subsequent slot;
而同步控制信道在同步信号子帧中,可以占用与该同步信号位置不同的3个或4个符号。The synchronous control channel can occupy three or four symbols different from the position of the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe.
除了上述示例,还可以有更多的对同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中符号的占用方式,此处不作限定。In addition to the above examples, there may be more ways of occupying symbols in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, which is not limited herein.
下面对本发明实施例中信号发送方法进行描述。The signal transmission method in the embodiment of the present invention will be described below.
从上述PD2DSCH子帧或D2DSS子帧中符号被占用的情况中可以看出,PD2DSCH子帧或D2DSS子帧中还有很多的符号没有被使用,这样对子帧的时频资源造成了浪费,因此,可以使用这部分的时频资源。It can be seen from the case that the symbols in the PD2DSCH subframe or the D2DSS subframe are occupied, and many symbols in the PD2DSCH subframe or the D2DSS subframe are not used, which wastes the time-frequency resources of the subframe, so , you can use this part of the time-frequency resources.
请参阅图11,本发明实施例中信号发送方法一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 11, an embodiment of a signal sending method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
1101、发射端设备确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;1101. The transmitting end device determines an unoccupied resource in a D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel. ;
发射端设备确定D2D的同步信号子帧(D2DSS子帧)和/或同步控制信道子帧(PD2DSCH子帧)中未被占用的资源。The transmitting device determines unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe (D2DSS subframe) and/or the synchronization control channel subframe (PD2DSCH subframe).
可以理解的是,该发射端设备为数据的发射机,但是并不一定是同步源(即D2DSS或PD2DSCH)的发射机,若该发射端设备是同步源发射机,则D2DSS子帧和/或PD2DSCH子帧中占用符号位置的D2DSS或PD2DSCH可以是由该发射端设备自己发射的,若该发射端设备不是同步源发射机,则D2DSS子帧和/或PD2DSCH子帧中占用符号位置的D2DSS或PD2DSCH可以是由其他的是同步源的发射机来发射的,此处不作限定。It can be understood that the transmitting device is a transmitter of data, but not necessarily a transmitter of a synchronization source (ie, D2DSS or PD2DSCH). If the transmitting device is a synchronous source transmitter, the D2DSS subframe and/or The D2DSS or PD2DSCH occupying the symbol position in the PD2DSCH subframe may be transmitted by the transmitting device itself. If the transmitting device is not the synchronization source transmitter, the D2DSS occupying the symbol position in the D2DSS subframe and/or the PD2DSCH subframe or The PD2DSCH may be transmitted by other transmitters that are synchronization sources, which are not limited herein.
1102、所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;1102. The transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
发射端设备确定了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源后,在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据。After the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
可以理解的是,同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源可以被用于D2D链路,也可以被用于蜂窝链路,则相应的,在未被占用的资源上加载的数据可以是D2D链路的数据,也可以是蜂窝链路的数据,此处不 作限定。It can be understood that the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe can be used for the D2D link, and can also be used for the cellular link, and correspondingly, the unoccupied resources. The data loaded on the data of the D2D link or the data of the cellular link, here is not Limited.
1103、所述发射端设备将加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。1103. The transmitting end device sends the loaded data to a receiving end device.
该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据后,将该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中加载的数据发送到接收端设备。After the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
本发明实施例中发射端设备先确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据,发射端设备再将加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据发送到接收端设备,这样,有效的利用了D2D的同步信号子帧中未被占用的资源,提高了系统对资源的利用率。In the embodiment of the present invention, the transmitting end device first determines that the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe are unoccupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. The data is loaded on the resource, and the transmitting device sends the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe to the receiving device, so that the D2D synchronization signal subframe is effectively occupied. Resources improve the utilization of resources by the system.
下面分别对未被占用的资源使用在D2D链路的数据传输中和使用在蜂窝链路的数据传输中进行描述:The following describes the use of unoccupied resources in the data transmission of the D2D link and the data transmission in the cellular link, respectively:
一、用于D2D链路的数据传输。1. Data transmission for D2D links.
如图12为未被占用的资源使用在D2D链路中的一个应用场景,其中基站设备可以存在,也可以不存在,但是会至少(图12中给出的是一个发射机的示意图)有一个D2D的发射端设备和若干个D2D的接收端设备,发射端设备和接收端设备均为D2D的终端,如图12中所示,D2DUE1为发射端设备,D2DUE2和D2DUE3均为接收端设备。FIG. 12 is an application scenario in which an unoccupied resource is used in a D2D link, where the base station device may or may not exist, but at least (a schematic diagram of a transmitter is shown in FIG. 12) The D2D transmitting end device and the several D2D receiving end devices, the transmitting end device and the receiving end device are D2D terminals. As shown in FIG. 12, D2DUE1 is a transmitting end device, and D2DUE2 and D2DUE3 are both receiving end devices.
可以理解的是,加载在未被占用的资源上的数据需要有解调参考信号才能解调,而在加载解调参考信号时还要考虑到,本发明实施例中的发射端设备一定是数据的发射机,但是并不一定是同步源的发射机,该发射端设备是否为同步源的发射机也对加载的数据的解调参考信号由一定的影响,另外,加载的数据的带宽可能大于同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽,也可能小于同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽,其对加载的数据的解调参考信号也有一定的影响,下面分各种不同的情况对本发明实施例中的信号发送方法进行具体描述:It can be understood that the data loaded on the unoccupied resource needs to have a demodulation reference signal to be demodulated, and it is also considered in loading the demodulation reference signal that the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention must be data. The transmitter, but not necessarily the transmitter of the synchronization source, whether the transmitter is the source of the synchronization source or the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, and the bandwidth of the loaded data may be greater than The bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel may also be smaller than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, which also has a certain influence on the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data. The signals in the embodiment of the present invention are divided into various different situations. The sending method is described in detail:
1、发射端设备是数据的发射机,也是同步源的发射机。1. The transmitting device is a transmitter of data and a transmitter of a synchronous source.
1.1、加载的数据的带宽在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽内:1.1. The bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel:
在这种情况中,由于发射端设备也是同步源的发射机,因此,加载在未使用的资源上的数据可以使用发射端设备发送的同步信号作为解调参考信号,即 当同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中存在同步信号时,发射端设备不需要在未被占用的资源上单独加载专用于加载的数据解调的解调参考信号,如图5至图8中任一个所示,同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中存在同步信号,不需要加载专门用于解调数据的解调参考信号;如图9或图10所示,在不包含有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,发射端设备原本就需要为同步控制信道单独加载一个解调参考信号,由于发射端设备也是同步源的发射机,因此,也可以将用于同步控制信道解调的解调参考信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号,也不需要在未被占用的资源上单独加载专用于加载的数据解调的解调参考信号,以图13所示为例,为加载的数据的带宽在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽内的一个实例示意图。In this case, since the transmitting device is also the transmitter of the synchronization source, the data loaded on the unused resources can use the synchronization signal transmitted by the transmitting device as the demodulation reference signal, that is, When there is a synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the transmitting end device does not need to separately load the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the loaded data demodulation on the unoccupied resources, as shown in FIG. 5 to As shown in any one of FIG. 8, there is a synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and there is no need to load a demodulation reference signal dedicated to demodulating data; as shown in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10, In the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, the transmitting device originally needs to separately load a demodulation reference signal for the synchronous control channel. Since the transmitting device is also the transmitter of the synchronization source, it can also be used for synchronization. The demodulation reference signal of the control channel demodulation is used as the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, and the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the loaded data demodulation is not separately loaded on the unoccupied resources, as shown in FIG. For example, an example of the bandwidth of the loaded data within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
1.2、加载的数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽:1.2. The bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel:
请参阅图14,本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 14, another embodiment of a signaling method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
1401、发射端设备确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源;1401. The transmitting end device determines an unoccupied resource in a D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
以图15所示为例,为加载的数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽一个示例示意图,在这种情况中,同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,准备加载的数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽,因此,确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源时,同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的部分也为未被占用的资源。As shown in FIG. 15 , an example diagram is shown in which the bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. In this case, the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are ready to be loaded. The bandwidth of the data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Therefore, when determining the unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the synchronization signal or the portion outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel is also It is an unoccupied resource.
1402、所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号。1402. The transmitting end device loads a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
而由于D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外没有解调参考信号,因此,为了能对之后加载的数据进行解调,发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号。如图15所示中DMRS5为加载的第五参考信号的一个示例。However, since there is no demodulation reference signal outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, in order to demodulate the data to be loaded later, the transmitting device is in the In the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the fifth reference signal is loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. The DMRS 5 is an example of the loaded fifth reference signal as shown in FIG.
在实际应用中,加载该第五参考信号具体方法可以包括以下方式:In a practical application, the specific method for loading the fifth reference signal may include the following manners:
1、该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,生成数据的带宽上的解调参考序列,将所述数据的带宽上的解调参考序列中与同步信号 或控制信道的带宽重叠的部分删除,将所述解调参考序列剩余的部分放在相应的位置上生成所述第五参考信号;1. The transmitting end device generates a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and demodulates the reference sequence and the synchronization signal on the bandwidth of the data. Or partially deleting the bandwidth of the control channel, and placing the remaining portion of the demodulation reference sequence at a corresponding position to generate the fifth reference signal;
2、该发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中数据的带宽上,与同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽不重叠的位置,生成所述第五参考信号。2. The transmitting end device generates the fifth reference signal at a position where the bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe does not overlap with the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
以上两种方式可以任选一种生成该第五参考信号,可以理解的是,还有其他的可以生成该第五参考信号的方式,此处不作限定。The above two methods may be used to generate the fifth reference signal. It is to be understood that there are other ways in which the fifth reference signal can be generated, which is not limited herein.
1403、所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;1403. The transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
此时,同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源包括未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道,GAP和解调参考信号占用的子帧、符号或带宽。如图15所示,加载的数据的带宽超出了同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽。At this time, the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe include subframes, symbols, or bandwidths that are not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the GAP, and the demodulation reference signal. As shown in Figure 15, the bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
1404、所述发射端设备将加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。1404. The transmitting end device sends the loaded data to a receiving end device.
该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据后,将该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中加载的数据发送到接收端设备。After the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
本发明实施例中,当加载的数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号,这样便可以在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外也能加载数据,更大程度的利用了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的时频资源。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the transmitting device performs the synchronization signal or the synchronization control in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. At a position outside the bandwidth of the channel, the fifth reference signal is loaded, so that the data can be loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, and the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are utilized to a greater extent. Time-frequency resources.
上面实施例中,如图15所示,当数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,数据的带宽和同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽的位置关系可能有两种情况,一种是数据的带宽将同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽包含在中间,另一种是数据的带宽的一端与同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽的一端对其,另一端有部分数据的带宽在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽的外面。在实际应用中,应该优先:当数据的带宽大于同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,该数据的带宽不跨越同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽;当数据的带宽小于同步信号或同步控制信号的带宽时,该数据的带宽在该同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽之 内。In the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15, when the bandwidth of the data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the positional relationship between the bandwidth of the data and the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel may be two cases, one is The bandwidth of the data includes the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, and the other is the end of the bandwidth of the data and the end of the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, and the bandwidth of the part of the data at the other end is in the synchronization signal or The outside of the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel. In practical applications, priority should be given: when the bandwidth of the data is greater than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel, the bandwidth of the data does not span the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel; when the bandwidth of the data is smaller than the synchronization signal or the synchronization control signal When bandwidth is used, the bandwidth of the data is in the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Inside.
2、发射端设备是数据的发射机,但是不一定是同步源的发射机。2. The transmitting device is the transmitter of the data, but not necessarily the transmitter of the synchronization source.
在这种情况中,发射端设备可以是同步源的发射机,也可以不是同步源的发射机,加载的数据都使用发射端数据单独加载的参考信号作为解调参考信号,分为两种方式:时分或叠加。In this case, the transmitting end device may be a transmitter of a synchronization source or a transmitter of a synchronization source, and the loaded data uses a reference signal separately loaded by the transmitting end data as a demodulation reference signal, and is divided into two modes. : Time or superimposed.
2.1、采用时分的方式加载解调参考信号:2.1. Load the demodulation reference signal in a time-division manner:
请参阅图16,本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 16, another embodiment of a signaling method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
1601、发射端设备确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;1601. The transmitting end device determines an unoccupied resource in a D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel. ;
发射端设备确定D2D的同步信号子帧(D2DSS子帧)和/或同步控制信道子帧(PD2DSCH子帧)中未被占用的资源。The transmitting device determines unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe (D2DSS subframe) and/or the synchronization control channel subframe (PD2DSCH subframe).
1602、当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号;1602. When the synchronization control channel is not included in the synchronization signal subframe, the transmitting end device loads the first symbol in the synchronization signal subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal. Reference signal
例如图17所示,为在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中采用时分的方式加载第一参考信号的一个实例示意图,该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号DMRS1。For example, as shown in FIG. 17, an example of loading a first reference signal in a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, where the transmitting end device is not occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe. And loading the first reference signal DMRS1 on the symbol different from the synchronization signal.
将该第一参考信号加载在与同步信号不同位置的符号上,可以防止对同步信号的干扰。By loading the first reference signal on a symbol at a different position from the synchronization signal, interference with the synchronization signal can be prevented.
1603、当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,所述发射端设备在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;1603. When the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, the transmitting end device is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe. Loading a second reference signal;
例如图18所示,为在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中采用时分的方式加载第二参考信号的一个实例示意图,该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号DMRS2。For example, as shown in FIG. 18, an example of loading a second reference signal in a time division manner in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the transmitting end device is not occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe. And loading a second reference signal DMRS2 on a symbol different from the synchronization signal.
可以理解的是,这种情况中,当该发射端设备是同步源发射机时,加载的 该第二参考信号可以同时作为同步控制信道的解调参考信号,当该发射端设备不是同步源发射机时,该同步控制信道子帧的部分符号还被专用于解调该同步控制信道的解调参考信号所占用。It can be understood that, in this case, when the transmitting device is a synchronous source transmitter, the loaded The second reference signal can simultaneously serve as a demodulation reference signal of the synchronization control channel. When the transmitting end device is not the synchronization source transmitter, the partial symbol of the synchronization control channel subframe is also dedicated to demodulating the solution of the synchronous control channel. Used by the reference signal.
1604、当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。1604. When the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes both a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the transmitting end device is not in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe. The synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel occupy, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol at a different position from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
例如图19所示,为在既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中采用时分的方式加载第三参考信号的一个实例示意图,该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号DMRS3。For example, as shown in FIG. 19, an example of loading a third reference signal in a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the transmitting device is In the synchronization signal sub-frame, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are not occupied, and the third reference signal DMRS3 is loaded on the symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
可以理解的是,步骤1602至步骤1604根据发射端设备发送的子帧的不同情况,可以选取其中的至少一个步骤,并不一定会执行所有的步骤,此处不做限定。It is to be understood that, in step 1602 to step 1604, at least one step may be selected according to different situations of the subframes sent by the transmitting device, and not all steps are performed, which is not limited herein.
需要说明的是,当数据的带宽大于同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,加载的第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号与数据的带宽相同。It should be noted that when the bandwidth of the data is greater than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the loaded first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal has the same bandwidth as the data.
其中,第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号分别由唯一确定的序列生成,并且其对应的序列生成方法包括:The first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal are respectively generated by a uniquely determined sequence, and the corresponding sequence generating method includes:
在所述数据的带宽上生成,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道所在的带宽上生成序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成序列的第二部分。Generating on the bandwidth of the data, or generating a first portion of the sequence over the bandwidth over which the synchronization signal or synchronization control channel is located, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth.
1605、所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;1605. The transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
发射端设备确定了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源后,在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据。After the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
此时同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源包括未被同步信号,同步控制信道,GAP,第一参考信号,第二参考信号和第三参考信号占用的子帧、符号或带宽。 The unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe at this time include the subframes occupied by the unsynchronized signal, the synchronization control channel, the GAP, the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the third reference signal. , symbol or bandwidth.
1606、所述发射端设备将加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。1606. The transmitting end device sends the loaded data to a receiving end device.
该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据后,将该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中加载的数据发送到接收端设备。After the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
本发明实施例采用时分的方法在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中加载第一参考信号、第二参考信号、或第三参考信号,确保了加载的数据能被顺利解调。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe by using the time division method, thereby ensuring that the loaded data can be smoothly demodulated.
2.1、采用叠加的方式加载解调参考信号:2.1. Load the demodulation reference signal by superposition:
请参阅图20,本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 20, another embodiment of a signaling method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
2001、发射端设备确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;2001. The transmitting end device determines an unoccupied resource in a D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel. ;
2002、所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号。2002. The transmitting end device superimposes and loads the fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
例如图21所示,为发射端设备在同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号的一个实例示意图,在包含有同步信号的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,该发射端设备在同步信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号DMRS4。For example, as shown in FIG. 21, an example of an example in which a transmitting end device superimposes a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by a synchronization signal, in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal, the transmission The end device superimposes and loads the fourth reference signal DMRS4 on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal.
可以理解的是,在不包含有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,若该发射端设备是同步源发射机,则该发射端设备可以在未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第四参考信号,若该发射端设备并不是同步源发射机,则该发射端设备可以在该同步控制信道子帧中,同步控制信道的解调参考信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号。It can be understood that, in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, if the transmitting device is a synchronization source transmitter, the transmitting device can be occupied by the synchronization control channel and the synchronous control channel. The fourth reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the different location. If the transmitting device is not the synchronous source transmitter, the transmitting device may synchronize the symbol occupied by the demodulation reference signal of the control channel in the synchronous control channel subframe. , superimposing the fourth reference signal.
需要说明的是,当数据的带宽大于同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,加载的第四参考信号的带宽与数据的带宽相同。It should be noted that when the bandwidth of the data is greater than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the bandwidth of the loaded fourth reference signal is the same as the bandwidth of the data.
在实际应用中,同步信号子帧中的部分信号,如SD2DSS发送的时候将进行功率回退,因此正好可以将在回退的功率用于解调参考信号的发射。也就是说,可以将在解调参考信号叠加在同步信号所在的符号上进行发射。即解调参考信号与同步信号使用不同的功率叠加在同步信号子帧中的同一个符号上发 送。其中解调参考信号用来实现D2D数据的解调,同步信号用于D2D接收机的同步。In practical applications, some of the signals in the synchronization signal sub-frame, such as when the SD2DSS is transmitted, will perform power back-off, so that the power at the back-off can be used to demodulate the transmission of the reference signal. That is to say, the demodulation reference signal can be superimposed on the symbol on which the synchronization signal is located for transmission. That is, the demodulation reference signal and the synchronization signal are superimposed on the same symbol in the synchronization signal sub-frame using different powers. give away. The demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate the D2D data, and the synchronization signal is used for synchronization of the D2D receiver.
2003、所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;2003. The transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
发射端设备确定了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源后,在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据。After the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
此时,同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源包括未被同步信号,同步控制信道,GAP,第四参考信号占用的子帧、符号或带宽。At this time, the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe include an unsynchronized signal, a synchronization control channel, a GAP, a subframe, a symbol or a bandwidth occupied by the fourth reference signal.
2004、所述发射端设备将加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。In 2004, the transmitting device sends the loaded data to the receiving device.
该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据后,将该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中加载的数据发送到接收端设备。After the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
本发明实施例中,将第四参考信号叠加在同步信号上作为数据的解调参考信号,节省了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中符号的位置,增加了能够加载是数据的时域资源,提高了对资源的利用率。In the embodiment of the present invention, the fourth reference signal is superimposed on the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, which saves the position of the symbol in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and increases the loadability of the data. Time domain resources improve the utilization of resources.
在实际应用中,除了单独使用上述各种情况中对解调参考信号和数据的加载方式,在加载数据之前,发送端设备还可以先判断各个同步源质检是否为准共站(QCL),再根据判断结果选择不同的方式来进行解调参考信号和数据的加载。所谓QCL是指:来自多个独立的发射机的信号,它们所经历的信道对应的参数(如信道对应的最大时延扩展,最大频率扩展、或最大多普勒频移值等)从接收机来看差异较小,可以近似地被看作是来自于同一个站点的信号。发射机判断的方法是,在发射数据之前,接收组内所有的同步源的D2DSS,对它们的信道进行估计和分析,如果所有的同步源的信道是近似相同的,则可以认为满足QCL的条件。QCL除了能够通过发射机检测得到外,还可以通过网络信令通知的方式得到。网络可以通过在蜂窝链路上获取UE的信道信息,或者通过UE上报自己检测到的各个同步源的信道信息,从而确定当前组内的各个同步源是否是QCL的。In practical applications, in addition to separately using the loading mode of the demodulation reference signal and the data in the above various situations, before loading the data, the transmitting device may first determine whether each synchronization source quality check is a quasi-co-site (QCL). Then, different manners are selected according to the judgment result to perform demodulation reference signal and data loading. The so-called QCL refers to the signals from multiple independent transmitters, the parameters corresponding to the channels they experience (such as the maximum delay spread corresponding to the channel, the maximum frequency spread, or the maximum Doppler shift value, etc.) from the receiver. Looking at the differences, they can be approximated as signals from the same site. The transmitter judges by receiving the D2DSS of all synchronization sources in the group before transmitting the data, and estimating and analyzing their channels. If the channels of all synchronization sources are approximately the same, the conditions of the QCL can be considered to be satisfied. . In addition to being detected by the transmitter, the QCL can also be obtained by means of network signaling. The network can determine whether each synchronization source in the current group is a QCL by acquiring the channel information of the UE on the cellular link or by reporting the channel information of each synchronization source detected by the UE.
请参阅图22,本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个实施例包括: Referring to FIG. 22, another embodiment of a signaling method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
2201、发射端设备确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;The transmitting end device determines a D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel. ;
2202、所述发射端设备判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL;2202, the transmitting end device determines whether a quasi-co-site QCL is found between each synchronization source in the group;
所述发射端设备判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The transmitting end device determines whether a quasi-co-located QCL is found between the respective synchronization sources in the group, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group can be approximated as signals from the same station. The synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
2203、当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号。2203. When it is determined that the synchronization source between the discovery groups is a QCL, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is The fifth reference signal is loaded at the outer position.
可以理解的是,当确定发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,还可以根据各种情况来确定采用何种方式来执行后续加载解调参考信号的操作。It can be understood that when it is determined that the QCL is generated between the respective synchronization sources in the group, it is also possible to determine, according to various situations, the manner in which the subsequent loading of the demodulation reference signal is performed.
例如,可以对同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽与待加载的数据的带宽进行比较,当带加载的数据的带宽在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽内时,可以不再该同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载专用于解调加载的数据的解调参考信号,因为该同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中有同步信号时,可以采用同步信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号,没有同步信号时,一定有用于解调同步控制信道的解调参考信号,可以将该解调同步控制信道的解调参考信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号。而在待加载的数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外加载的数据就无法利用同步信号或同步控制信道的解调参考信号作为解调参考信号,此时,就需要在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外加载专用于解调加载的数据的解调参考信号。For example, the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe may be compared with the bandwidth of the data to be loaded, when the bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. When the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe is loaded, the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the demodulation-loaded data may not be loaded, because the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe has a synchronization signal, The synchronization signal is used as the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data. When there is no synchronization signal, there must be a demodulation reference signal for demodulating the synchronous control channel, and the demodulation reference signal of the demodulation synchronous control channel can be used as the loaded data. Demodulate the reference signal. When the bandwidth of the data to be loaded exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the data loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel cannot utilize the demodulation reference signal of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel as the demodulation reference. Signal, at this time, it is necessary to load a demodulation reference signal dedicated to demodulating the loaded data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
2204、当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧 或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。2204. When it is determined that the synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or The first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and is not synchronously controlled in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol occupied by the channel and different from the synchronous control channel, and a synchronization signal subframe including both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel Or in the synchronization control channel subframe, the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
可以理解的是,当确定发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,还可以根据各种情况来确定采用何种方式来执行后续加载解调参考信号的操作。It can be understood that when it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the group are not QCL, it is also possible to determine, according to various situations, the manner in which the subsequent operation of loading the demodulation reference signal is performed.
例如,若需要加载更多的数据,利用更多的时域资源来加载数据,在可以选取叠加的方式在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中加载解调参考信号,这样可以节省出部分符号资源来加载数据:在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号;若希望确保解调参考信号互相之间无干扰,保障解调的准确性,可以采用时分的方式,在未被占用的符号上加载解调参考信号:在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。For example, if more data needs to be loaded, more time domain resources are used to load the data, and the demodulation reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe in a manner that the superposition can be selected, thereby saving part. a symbol resource to load data: superimposing and loading a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe; if it is desired to ensure that the demodulation reference signals do not interfere with each other, the solution is guaranteed Accuracy of the adjustment, the demodulation reference signal may be loaded on the unoccupied symbol in a time division manner: in the synchronization signal sub-frame not including the synchronization control channel, the synchronization signal is not occupied and is different from the synchronization signal. The first reference signal is loaded on the symbol, and the second reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, and includes the synchronization signal Unsynchronized signal and synchronous control in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronous control channel A third reference signal is loaded on a symbol occupied by the channel and at a different location from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
具体加载各参考信号的方式与上述各实施例中类似,此处不作赘述。The manner of loading the reference signals is similar to that in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described herein.
2205、所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;2205. The transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
发射端设备确定了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源后,在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据。After the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
此时,同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源包括未被同步信号,同步控制信道,GAP,第一参考信号至第五参考信号占用的子帧、符号或带宽。At this time, the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe include an unsynchronized signal, a synchronization control channel, a GAP, a subframe, a symbol or a bandwidth occupied by the first reference signal to the fifth reference signal. .
2206、所述发射端设备将加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。2206. The transmitting end device sends the loaded data to the receiving end device.
该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据后,将该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中加载的数据发送到接收端设备。After the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
本发明实施例中,发射端设备加载数据和解调参考信号之前,先判断是否 为QCL,根据判断结果按照不同的方式对解调参考信号进行加载,使得对解调参考信号的加载更加灵活。In the embodiment of the present invention, before the transmitting end device loads the data and demodulates the reference signal, it is first determined whether For the QCL, the demodulation reference signal is loaded according to the judgment result in a different manner, so that the loading of the demodulation reference signal is more flexible.
在实际应用中,在判断是否为QCL之前,还可以先判断该发射端设备是否为同步源发射机,再根据判断结果执行后续操作,请参阅图23,本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个实施例包括:In the actual application, before determining whether it is a QCL, it may be determined whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, and then performing subsequent operations according to the judgment result. Referring to FIG. 23, another method for transmitting a signal in the embodiment of the present invention is shown. Examples include:
2301、发射端设备确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;2301. The transmitting end device determines an unoccupied resource in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel. ;
2302、所述发射端设备确定所述发射端设备是否为同步源发射机;2302, the transmitting end device determines whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter;
当确定所述发射端设备是同步源发射机时,触发步骤2303;When it is determined that the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, triggering step 2303;
当确定所述发射端设备不是同步源发射机时,触发步骤2304。When it is determined that the transmitting device is not a synchronous source transmitter, step 2304 is triggered.
所同步源发射机,即为同步信号和/或同步控制信道的发射机。The synchronized source transmitter is the transmitter of the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel.
2303、不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号,或者在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号;2303. The demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or the fifth reference signal is loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, or the synchronization signal is The fourth reference signal is superimposed on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel. Loading a first reference signal on a symbol of the location, loading a second reference signal on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and that is different from the synchronization control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, including synchronization The signal also includes a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe of the synchronization control channel, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
当发射端设备是同步源发射机时,还可以根据各种情况来确定采用何种方式来执行后续加载解调参考信号的操作,例如,若需要加载更多的数据,利用更多的时域资源来加载数据,在可以选取叠加的方式在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中加载解调参考信号,这样可以节省出部分符号资源来加载数据:在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号;若希望确保解调参考信号互相之间无干扰,保障解调的准确性,可以采用时分的方式,在未被占用的符号上加载解调参考信号:在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位 置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号,可以对同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽与待加载的数据的带宽进行比较,当带加载的数据的带宽在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽内时,可以不再该同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载专用于解调加载的数据的解调参考信号,因为该同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中有同步信号时,可以采用同步信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号,没有同步信号时,一定有用于解调同步控制信道的解调参考信号,可以将该解调同步控制信道的解调参考信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号。而在待加载的数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外加载的数据就无法利用同步信号或同步控制信道的解调参考信号作为解调参考信号,此时,就需要在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外加载专用于解调加载的数据的解调参考信号。When the transmitting device is a synchronous source transmitter, it may also be determined according to various situations to perform a subsequent operation of loading and demodulating the reference signal, for example, if more data needs to be loaded, more time domains are utilized. The resource loads the data, and the demodulation reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe in a manner that the superposition can be selected, so that part of the symbol resource can be saved to load the data: in the synchronization signal subframe and/or The fourth reference signal is superimposed on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization control channel subframe; if it is desired to ensure that the demodulation reference signals do not interfere with each other, the accuracy of the demodulation can be ensured, and the time division method can be adopted, which is unoccupied. Loading a demodulation reference signal on a symbol: not occupied by the synchronization signal and different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronous control channel Loading a first reference signal on the symbol, loading a second reference signal on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronization control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, including synchronization The signal also includes a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe of the synchronization control channel, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. Comparing the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe with the bandwidth of the data to be loaded, when the bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, The demodulation reference signal dedicated to demodulation-loaded data is no longer loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the synchronization signal may be used when there is a synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe. As the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, when there is no synchronization signal, it must be used for demodulation. A control channel demodulation reference signal can demodulate the synchronization control channel demodulation reference signal as a demodulation reference signal data loaded. When the bandwidth of the data to be loaded exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the data loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel cannot utilize the demodulation reference signal of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel as the demodulation reference. Signal, at this time, it is necessary to load a demodulation reference signal dedicated to demodulating the loaded data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
2304、所述发射端设备判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL;2304. The transmitting end device determines whether a quasi-co-site QCL is found between each synchronization source in the group.
当确定所述发射端设备不是同步源发射机时,所述发射端设备判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;When it is determined that the transmitting end device is not a synchronization source transmitter, the transmitting end device determines whether each synchronization source in the group is a quasi-co-site QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate multiple transmitting ends in the discovery group. The signal sent by the device may be approximated as a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
所谓QCL是指:来自多个独立的发射机的信号,它们所经历的信道对应的参数(如信道对应的最大时延扩展,最大频率扩展、或最大多普勒频移值等)从接收机来看差异较小,可以近似地被看作是来自于同一个站点的信号。发射机判断的方法是,在发射数据之前,接收组内所有的同步源的D2DSS,对它们的信道进行估计和分析,如果所有的同步源的信道是近似相同的,则可以认为满足QCL的条件。QCL除了能够通过发射机检测得到外,还可以通过网络信令通知的方式得到。网络可以通过在蜂窝链路上获取UE的信道信息,或者通过UE上报自己检测到的各个同步源的信道信息,从而确定当前组内的各个同步源是否是QCL的。 The so-called QCL refers to the signals from multiple independent transmitters, the parameters corresponding to the channels they experience (such as the maximum delay spread corresponding to the channel, the maximum frequency spread, or the maximum Doppler shift value, etc.) from the receiver. Looking at the differences, they can be approximated as signals from the same site. The transmitter judges by receiving the D2DSS of all synchronization sources in the group before transmitting the data, and estimating and analyzing their channels. If the channels of all synchronization sources are approximately the same, the conditions of the QCL can be considered to be satisfied. . In addition to being detected by the transmitter, the QCL can also be obtained by means of network signaling. The network can determine whether each synchronization source in the current group is a QCL by acquiring the channel information of the UE on the cellular link or by reporting the channel information of each synchronization source detected by the UE.
2305、当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号。2305. When it is determined that each synchronization source in the discovery group is a QCL, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is The fifth reference signal is loaded at the outer position.
可以理解的是,当确定发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,还可以根据各种情况来确定采用何种方式来执行后续加载解调参考信号的操作。It can be understood that when it is determined that the QCL is generated between the respective synchronization sources in the group, it is also possible to determine, according to various situations, the manner in which the subsequent loading of the demodulation reference signal is performed.
例如,可以对同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽与待加载的数据的带宽进行比较,当带加载的数据的带宽在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽内时,可以不再该同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载专用于解调加载的数据的解调参考信号,因为该同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中有同步信号时,可以采用同步信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号,没有同步信号时,一定有用于解调同步控制信道的解调参考信号,可以将该解调同步控制信道的解调参考信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号。而在待加载的数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外加载的数据就无法利用同步信号或同步控制信道的解调参考信号作为解调参考信号,此时,就需要在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外加载专用于解调加载的数据的解调参考信号。For example, the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe may be compared with the bandwidth of the data to be loaded, when the bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. When the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe is loaded, the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the demodulation-loaded data may not be loaded, because the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe has a synchronization signal, The synchronization signal is used as the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data. When there is no synchronization signal, there must be a demodulation reference signal for demodulating the synchronous control channel, and the demodulation reference signal of the demodulation synchronous control channel can be used as the loaded data. Demodulate the reference signal. When the bandwidth of the data to be loaded exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the data loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel cannot utilize the demodulation reference signal of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel as the demodulation reference. Signal, at this time, it is necessary to load a demodulation reference signal dedicated to demodulating the loaded data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
2306、当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。2306. When it is determined that the synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or The first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and is not synchronously controlled in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. The second reference signal is loaded on the symbol occupied by the channel and different from the synchronous control channel, and the synchronization signal and the synchronization control are performed in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. A third reference signal is loaded on a symbol occupied by the channel and at a different location from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
可以理解的是,当确定发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,还可以根据各种情况来确定采用何种方式来执行后续加载解调参考信号的操作。It can be understood that when it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the group are not QCL, it is also possible to determine, according to various situations, the manner in which the subsequent operation of loading the demodulation reference signal is performed.
例如,若需要加载更多的数据,利用更多的时域资源来加载数据,在可以选取叠加的方式在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中加载解调参考信号,这样可以节省出部分符号资源来加载数据:在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制 信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号;若希望确保解调参考信号互相之间无干扰,保障解调的准确性,可以采用时分的方式,在未被占用的符号上加载解调参考信号:在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。For example, if more data needs to be loaded, more time domain resources are used to load the data, and the demodulation reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe in a manner that the superposition can be selected, thereby saving part. Symbolic resources to load data: in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or synchronization control The fourth reference signal is superimposed on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the channel subframe; if it is desired to ensure that the demodulation reference signals do not interfere with each other, and the accuracy of the demodulation is ensured, the time division method may be adopted on the unoccupied symbol. Loading a demodulation reference signal: a first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and a synchronization control channel that does not include the synchronization signal a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol in the frame that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel, in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, A third reference signal is loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and at a different location from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
具体加载各参考信号的方式与上述各实施例中类似,此处不作赘述。The manner of loading the reference signals is similar to that in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described herein.
2307、所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;2307. The transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
发射端设备确定了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源后,在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据。After the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
此时,同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源包括未被同步信号,同步控制信道,GAP,第一参考信号至第五参考信号占用的子帧、符号或带宽。At this time, the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe include an unsynchronized signal, a synchronization control channel, a GAP, a subframe, a symbol or a bandwidth occupied by the first reference signal to the fifth reference signal. .
2308、所述发射端设备将加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。2308. The transmitting end device sends the loaded data to the receiving end device.
该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据后,将该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中加载的数据发送到接收端设备。After the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
本发明实施例中,发射端设备加载数据和解调参考信号之前,先判断该发射端设备是否为同步源发射机,根据判断结果按照不同的方式对解调参考信号进行加载,使得对解调参考信号的加载更加灵活。In the embodiment of the present invention, before the transmitting end device loads the data and demodulates the reference signal, it is first determined whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, and the demodulation reference signal is loaded according to the judgment result according to the judgment result, so that the demodulation is performed. The loading of the reference signal is more flexible.
上面各实施例中,发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据,在实际应用中,在发射端设备在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括:发射端设备在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道中未被占用的资源上进行速率匹配。 In the foregoing embodiments, the transmitting device loads data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. In actual applications, the transmitting device is in the synchronization signal subframe and/or The step of loading data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe further includes: the transmitting end device performing rate matching on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
二、用于蜂窝链路的数据传输。Second, data transmission for cellular links.
如图24为未被占用的资源使用在蜂窝链路中的一个应用场景,其中,基站与蜂窝终端之间使用该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源传输蜂窝数据,而蜂窝终端与蜂窝终端之间使用该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中被占用的资源,发送D2D链路中的同步信号和/或同步控制信道,例如图24中所示,蜂窝终端UE4与基站设备间使用未被占用的资源发送蜂窝链路数据,而蜂窝终端UE1与UE2和UE3之间使用被占用的资源发送D2D链路中的同步信号和/或同步控制信道。FIG. 24 is an application scenario in which an unoccupied resource is used in a cellular link, where the base station and the cellular terminal use the synchronization signal subframe and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe to transmit the cellular Data, and the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel in the D2D link is transmitted between the cellular terminal and the cellular terminal using the synchronization signal subframe and/or the resources occupied in the synchronization control channel subframe, such as shown in FIG. It is shown that the cellular terminal UE4 and the base station device use the unoccupied resources to transmit the cellular link data, and the cellular terminal UE1 and the UE2 and the UE3 use the occupied resources to transmit the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel in the D2D link. .
在这种应用场景中,又可以分为数据的上行场景和下行场景。In this application scenario, it can be divided into an uplink scenario and a downlink scenario of data.
1、在数据的下行场景中:1. In the downlink scenario of the data:
基站在未被占用的资源上加载数据再发送到蜂窝终端,基站即为本发明实施例中的发送端设备,蜂窝终端即为本发明实施例中的接收端设备。The base station loads the data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the cellular terminal. The base station is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention, and the cellular terminal is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
这种场景中,基站在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据和解调参考信号的具体步骤,可以将基站作为发射端设备,参阅前面各实施例中发射端设备加载数据和解调参考信号的具体步骤,与上述在D2D链路的场景中类似,此处不作赘述。In this scenario, the base station loads the data and demodulates the reference signal on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the base station can be used as the transmitting device, and the foregoing embodiments are used for the transmission. The specific steps of loading the data and demodulating the reference signal are similar to those in the scenario of the D2D link, and are not described here.
2、在数据的上行场景中:2. In the uplink scenario of the data:
蜂窝终端在未被占用的资源上加载数据再发送到基站,蜂窝终端即为本发明实施例中的发送端设备,基站即为本发明实施例中的接收端设备。The cellular terminal loads data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the base station. The cellular terminal is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention, and the base station is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
与在上述D2D链路的场景中记载数据和解调参考信号的不同在于,蜂窝终端不清楚自己待发送数据的子帧是否为同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧,而基站知道,需要先接收基站发送的一个指示信息来确定当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧,当接收到基站发送的第一指示信息,指示该蜂窝终端当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,再执行后续的确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源的步骤,后续步骤与在D2D链路中的具体过程类似,以下以几个实施例为例进行说明:The difference between the data and the demodulation reference signal in the scenario of the D2D link is that the cellular terminal does not know whether the subframe of the data to be transmitted is a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, and the base station knows that it needs to Receiving an indication information sent by the base station to determine whether the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, and when receiving the first indication information sent by the base station, indicating that the subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal When the subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are used, the subsequent steps of determining the unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are performed, and the subsequent steps are specific to the D2D link. The process is similar. The following is an example of several embodiments:
请参阅图25,本发明实施例中信号发送方法另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 25, another embodiment of a signaling method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
2501、发射端设备接收接收端设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息 用于指示该发射端设备当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;2501. The transmitting end device receives first indication information sent by the receiving end device, where the first indication information is And indicating whether the subframe currently transmitted by the transmitting device is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
本实施例中,该发射端设备为蜂窝终端,该接收端设备为基站。所述第一指示信息可以是显式的信令指示的信息,也可以是捎带于特定参考信号的信息。第一指示信息在传输的时候,至少要包括两个状态,即:指示是同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;指示不是同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧。In this embodiment, the transmitting end device is a cellular terminal, and the receiving end device is a base station. The first indication information may be information indicated by an explicit signaling, or may be information carried by a specific reference signal. The first indication information includes at least two states when transmitting, that is, the indication is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe; and the indication is not a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
2502、当该第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,发射端设备确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;2502: When the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, the transmitting device determines that the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is not a synchronization resource, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel;
2503、所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;2503. The transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
发射端设备确定了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源后,在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据。After the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
2504、所述发射端设备将加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。2504. The transmitting end device sends the loaded data to the receiving end device.
该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据后,将该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中加载的数据发送到接收端设备。After the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
可以理解的是,发射端设备可以只发送加载了数据的符号,以及解调该数据的解调信号的符号到接收端设备,也可以发送完整的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧到接收端设备,此处不作限定。It can be understood that the transmitting device can only transmit the symbol loaded with the data, and demodulate the symbol of the demodulated signal of the data to the receiving device, and can also send the complete synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. To the receiving device, it is not limited here.
本发明实施例中,当发送端设备为蜂窝终端时,需要先接收基站发送的第一指示信息,当该第一指示信息确定当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,才执行本发明实施例中的确定同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源的步骤,使得同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源可以用于传输蜂窝链路的数据,拓宽了未被占用的资源的使用范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the sending end device is a cellular terminal, the first indication information sent by the base station needs to be received first, and the first indication information determines that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel. In the frame, the step of determining the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe in the embodiment of the present invention is performed, so that the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are not occupied. The resources can be used to transmit data for cellular links, broadening the range of use of unoccupied resources.
再以加载D2D链路的数据中图16所示的实施例为例,在加载参考信号之 前,需要先接收到第一指示信息,具体过程可以变化为如下所示:Taking the embodiment shown in FIG. 16 in the data of loading the D2D link as an example, the reference signal is loaded. Before receiving the first indication information, the specific process can be changed as follows:
1、发射端设备接收接收端设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该发射端设备当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;The transmitting device receives the first indication information sent by the receiving device, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the subframe currently transmitted by the transmitting device is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
本实施例中,该发射端设备为蜂窝终端,该接收端设备为基站。所述第一指示信息可以是显式的信令指示的信息,也可以是捎带于特定参考信号的信息。第一指示信息在传输的时候,至少要包括两个状态,即:指示是同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;指示不是同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧。In this embodiment, the transmitting end device is a cellular terminal, and the receiving end device is a base station. The first indication information may be information indicated by an explicit signaling, or may be information carried by a specific reference signal. The first indication information includes at least two states when transmitting, that is, the indication is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe; and the indication is not a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
2、当该第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,发射端设备确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;2. When the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, the transmitting device determines that the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are not a synchronization resource, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel;
3、当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号;3. When the synchronization control channel is not included in the synchronization signal sub-frame, the transmitting end device loads the first symbol in the synchronization signal sub-frame that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal. Reference signal
例如图17所示,为在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中采用时分的方式加载第一参考信号的一个实例示意图,该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号DMRS1。For example, as shown in FIG. 17, an example of loading a first reference signal in a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, where the transmitting end device is not occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe. And loading the first reference signal DMRS1 on the symbol different from the synchronization signal.
将该第一参考信号加载在与同步信号不同位置的符号上,可以防止对同步信号的干扰。By loading the first reference signal on a symbol at a different position from the synchronization signal, interference with the synchronization signal can be prevented.
4、当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,所述发射端设备在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;4. When the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, the transmitting end device is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe. Loading a second reference signal;
例如图18所示,为在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中采用时分的方式加载第二参考信号的一个实例示意图,该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号DMRS2。For example, as shown in FIG. 18, an example of loading a second reference signal in a time division manner in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the transmitting end device is not occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe. And loading a second reference signal DMRS2 on a symbol different from the synchronization signal.
可以理解的是,这种情况中,当该发射端设备是同步源发射机时,加载的 该第二参考信号可以同时作为同步控制信道的解调参考信号,当该发射端设备不是同步源发射机时,该同步控制信道子帧的部分符号还被专用于解调该同步控制信道的解调参考信号所占用。It can be understood that, in this case, when the transmitting device is a synchronous source transmitter, the loaded The second reference signal can simultaneously serve as a demodulation reference signal of the synchronization control channel. When the transmitting end device is not the synchronization source transmitter, the partial symbol of the synchronization control channel subframe is also dedicated to demodulating the solution of the synchronous control channel. Used by the reference signal.
5、当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。5. When the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes both a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the transmitting device is not in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe. The synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel occupy, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol at a different position from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
例如图19所示,为在既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中采用时分的方式加载第三参考信号的一个实例示意图,该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号DMRS3。For example, as shown in FIG. 19, an example of loading a third reference signal in a time division manner in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the transmitting device is In the synchronization signal sub-frame, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are not occupied, and the third reference signal DMRS3 is loaded on the symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
可以理解的是,步骤3至步骤5根据发射端设备发送的子帧的不同情况,可以选取其中的至少一个步骤,并不一定会执行所有的步骤,此处不做限定。It can be understood that, in step 3 to step 5, according to different situations of the subframes sent by the transmitting device, at least one of the steps may be selected, and not all steps are performed, which is not limited herein.
需要说明的是,当数据的带宽大于同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,加载的第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号与数据的带宽相同。It should be noted that when the bandwidth of the data is greater than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the loaded first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal has the same bandwidth as the data.
其中,第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号分别由唯一确定的序列生成,并且其对应的序列生成方法包括:The first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal are respectively generated by a uniquely determined sequence, and the corresponding sequence generating method includes:
在所述数据的带宽上生成,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道所在的带宽上生成序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成序列的第二部分。Generating on the bandwidth of the data, or generating a first portion of the sequence over the bandwidth over which the synchronization signal or synchronization control channel is located, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth.
6、所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;6. The transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
发射端设备确定了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源后,在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据。After the transmitting device determines the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data is loaded on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
此时同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源包括未被同步信号,同步控制信道,GAP,第一参考信号,第二参考信号和第三参考信号占用的子帧、符号或带宽。The unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe at this time include the subframes occupied by the unsynchronized signal, the synchronization control channel, the GAP, the first reference signal, the second reference signal, and the third reference signal. , symbol or bandwidth.
7、所述发射端设备将加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。 7. The transmitting device sends the loaded data to the receiving device.
该发射端设备在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据后,将该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中加载的数据发送到接收端设备。After the transmitter device loads data on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the data sent in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is sent to the receiver. End device.
如上所示,在存在步骤2501的条件下,当第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,后续在未被占用的资源上加载解调参考信号或数据的步骤与上述D2D链路中各实施例中具体过程类似,上述D2D链路中各实施例的具体加载方式都可以在后续步骤中应用,此处不作赘述。As shown above, in the presence of the step 2501, when the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, the demodulation reference is subsequently loaded on the unoccupied resource. The steps of the signal or the data are similar to the specific processes in the foregoing embodiments of the D2D link. The specific loading mode of the embodiments in the foregoing D2D link can be applied in the subsequent steps, and details are not described herein.
可以理解的是,对于发射端设备是数据的发射机,同时也是同步源的发射机时,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,其中加载的解调参考信号既可以用于加载的数据的解调,也可以用于同步控制信道的解调;用于加载的数据进行解调的解调参考信号和用于同步控制信道进行解调的解调参考信号可以是一个,也可以共用几个,这样可以提高解调效率;另外,在这种情况中,数据的带宽超出同步控制信道的带宽外时,发射端设备可以直接生成数据的带宽上的解调参考信号,这样同步控制信道和同步控制信道带宽内的数据可以使用生成的解调参考信号中在该同步控制信道带宽内的部分解调,而同步控制信道带宽外加载的数据可以使用加载在同步控制信道带宽外的解调参考信号解调,因此,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,同步控制信道带宽外加载的解调参考信号可以与同步控制信道带宽内的解调参考信号加载在同一个符号上,其可以分开生成,也可以一次同时生成,并且,还可以生成多个,同时作为数据和同步控制信道的解调参考信号。It can be understood that, when the transmitter device is a transmitter of data and is also a transmitter of a synchronization source, in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, the demodulation reference signal loaded therein can be used for loading. The demodulation of data can also be used for demodulation of the synchronization control channel; the demodulation reference signal for demodulating the loaded data and the demodulation reference signal for demodulating the control channel can be one or shared. Several, this can improve the demodulation efficiency; in addition, in this case, when the bandwidth of the data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel, the transmitting device can directly generate a demodulation reference signal on the bandwidth of the data, thus synchronizing the control channel And the data within the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel can be partially demodulated within the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel using the generated demodulation reference signal, and the data loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel can be demodulated using the bandwidth outside the synchronous control channel. Reference signal demodulation, therefore, in the synchronous control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, the synchronization control channel band The externally loaded demodulation reference signal may be loaded on the same symbol as the demodulation reference signal within the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel, which may be generated separately or simultaneously, and may also be generated multiple times, simultaneously as data and synchronization. Demodulation reference signal of the control channel.
需要说明的是,上述各实施例中,在发送端备发送的所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据的过程中,也需要对所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧进行速率匹配。对于发射机而言,在确认所述发送子帧为D2DSS和/或PD2DSCH占用的子帧后,在相应的时频资源上做发射机的速率匹配。即待发送的数据不能映射到已经被使用的资源上,而是把待发送的原始信息比特在编码器生成编码后的比特的过程中,按提供的可使用的资源来生成编码比特,然后再映射到可供使用的资源上。It should be noted that, in the above embodiments, in the process of the synchronization signal subframe and/or the data in the synchronization control channel subframe sent by the transmitting end, the synchronization signal subframe and the synchronization signal subframe are also required. / or synchronous control channel subframes for rate matching. For the transmitter, after confirming that the transmitting subframe is a subframe occupied by D2DSS and/or PD2DSCH, the rate matching of the transmitter is performed on the corresponding time-frequency resource. That is, the data to be transmitted cannot be mapped to the resource that has been used, but the original information bit to be transmitted is generated in the process of generating the encoded bit by the encoder, and the coded bit is generated according to the available usable resource, and then Map to resources that are available for use.
下面对本发明实施例中信号接收方法进行描述。 The signal receiving method in the embodiment of the present invention will be described below.
请参阅图26,本发明实施例中信号接收方法一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 26, an embodiment of a signal receiving method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
2601、接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;2601. The receiving end device receives data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe a synchronization control channel subframe for D2D;
2602、接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。2602. The receiving end device parses the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明实施例中,接收端设备接收到发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,解析出该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,利用了同步喜好子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧的资源传输数据,提高了资源的利用率。In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving end device receives the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame, and parses out the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame. The data of the data utilizes resource transmission data of the synchronization favorite subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, thereby improving resource utilization.
根据发射端设备对数据的加载情况的不同,接收端设备对该数据的解析方式也会有所不同:Depending on how the data is loaded by the transmitting device, the receiving device will parse the data differently:
一、该接收端设备接收的数据是D2D链路的数据。1. The data received by the receiving device is data of the D2D link.
1、发射端设备是数据的发射机,也是同步源的发射机。1. The transmitting device is a transmitter of data and a transmitter of a synchronous source.
1.1、加载的数据的带宽在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽内:1.1. The bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel:
请参阅图27,本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 27, another embodiment of the signal receiving method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
2701、接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;2701. The receiving end device receives data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe a synchronization control channel subframe for D2D;
本实施例中,数据的带宽在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽内。In this embodiment, the bandwidth of the data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
2702、接收端设备将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。2702. The receiving end device uses the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本实施例中,发射端设备是数据的发射机,也是同步源的发射机,加载的数据的带宽在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽内,当同步信号子帧或同步控制信号子帧中包含有同步信号时,接收端设备可以将同步信号作为数据的解调参考信号;当同步控制信道子帧中不含有同步信号时,接收端设备可以将该同步控制信道子帧中专用于解调同步控制信号的解调参考信号作为该数据的解调参考信号。In this embodiment, the transmitting end device is a transmitter of data and is also a transmitter of the synchronization source, and the bandwidth of the loaded data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel, and is included in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control signal subframe. When there is a synchronization signal, the receiving device can use the synchronization signal as the demodulation reference signal of the data; when the synchronization control channel subframe does not contain the synchronization signal, the receiving device can use the synchronization control channel subframe for demodulation synchronization. The demodulation reference signal of the control signal serves as a demodulation reference signal for the data.
本发明实施例中,接收端设备使用同步信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信 号,准确的解析出加载的数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving end device uses the synchronization signal as the demodulation reference signal of the loaded data. Number, accurately parsing out the loaded data.
1.2、加载的数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽:1.2. The bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel:
请参阅图28,本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 28, another embodiment of a signal receiving method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
2801、接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;2801. The receiving end device receives the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the fifth reference signal, where the fifth reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe;
2802、在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;2802. In a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes a synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses the including a synchronization signal sub-frame having a synchronization signal or the data in a synchronization control channel subframe;
2803、在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。2803. In a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and uses a solution dedicated to the synchronization control channel. The tone reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data within the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal is parsed.
本发明实施例中,对于超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的数据,使用加载在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的第五参考信号来进行解析,准确的得到加载在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, for data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the fifth reference signal that is loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is used for parsing, and the synchronization signal or synchronization is accurately obtained. Data outside the bandwidth of the control channel.
2、发射端设备是数据的发射机,但是不一定是同步源的发射机。2. The transmitting device is the transmitter of the data, but not necessarily the transmitter of the synchronization source.
2.1、采用时分的方式加载的解调参考信号:2.1. Demodulation reference signal loaded in a time division manner:
请参阅图29,本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 29, another embodiment of the signal receiving method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
2901、接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上;2901. The receiving end device receives data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, where the first reference signal is not loaded in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. a symbol on which the sync signal occupies and is different from the sync signal;
2902、所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;2902. The receiving end device receives data and a second reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronous control channel subframe and is not synchronized with the control channel. A symbol that occupies and is different from the synchronous control channel;
2903、所述接收端设备接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信 道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;2903. The receiving end device receives data and a third reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal. The synchronization signal and the synchronization control signal are not in the frame or synchronization control channel subframe a symbol occupied by the track and at a different position from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
2904、在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,所述接收端使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据;2904. In a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, the receiving end uses the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses the synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel. The data in ;
2905、在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;2905. In a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, the receiving end uses the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal. The data in ;
2906、在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,所述接收端使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。2906. On a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the receiving end uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses the including synchronization The synchronization signal sub-frame of the signal and synchronization control channel or the data in the synchronization control channel sub-frame.
本发明实施例中,接收端设备使用采用时分的方式加载在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号,准确的解析出加载在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving end device uses the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal that are loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe in a time division manner as a demodulation reference of the loaded data. The signal accurately resolves the data loaded in the sync signal sub-frame or the sync control channel sub-frame.
2.1、采用叠加的方式加载的解调参考信号:2.1. Demodulation reference signal loaded by superposition:
请参阅图30,本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 30, another embodiment of a signal receiving method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
3001、所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;3001: The receiving end device receives data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fourth reference signal, where the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
3002、所述接收端使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。3002: The receiving end uses the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明实施例中,接收端设备使用采用叠加的方式加载在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的第四参考信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号,准确的解析出加载在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving end device uses the fourth reference signal that is loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe in a superimposed manner as a demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, and accurately parses the loaded synchronization signal. Subframe or synchronization control data in the channel sub-frame.
在实际应用中,接收端设备也可以先接收发射端设备发送的用于指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL的指示信令,再根据指示结果按不同的方式对数据进行解析:In an actual application, the receiving device may first receive the indication signaling sent by the transmitting device to indicate whether the synchronization sources in the group are QCLs, and then parse the data according to the indication result in different manners:
请参阅图31,本发明实施例中数据接收方法另一个实施例包括: Referring to FIG. 31, another embodiment of the data receiving method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
3101、接收端设备接收所述发射端设备发送的指示信令,所述指示信令用于指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The receiving end device receives the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether the synchronization source between the groups is a QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate multiple The signal sent by the transmitting device is approximately a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
所谓QCL是指:来自多个独立的发射机的信号,它们所经历的信道对应的参数(如信道对应的最大时延扩展,最大频率扩展、或最大多普勒频移值等)从接收机来看差异较小,可以近似地被看作是来自于同一个站点的信号。发射机判断的方法是,在发射数据之前,接收组内所有的同步源的D2DSS,对它们的信道进行估计和分析,如果所有的同步源的信道是近似相同的,则可以认为满足QCL的条件。QCL除了能够通过发射机检测得到外,还可以通过网络信令通知的方式得到。网络可以通过在蜂窝链路上获取UE的信道信息,或者通过UE上报自己检测到的各个同步源的信道信息,从而确定当前组内的各个同步源是否是QCL的。The so-called QCL refers to the signals from multiple independent transmitters, the parameters corresponding to the channels they experience (such as the maximum delay spread corresponding to the channel, the maximum frequency spread, or the maximum Doppler shift value, etc.) from the receiver. Looking at the differences, they can be approximated as signals from the same site. The transmitter judges by receiving the D2DSS of all synchronization sources in the group before transmitting the data, and estimating and analyzing their channels. If the channels of all synchronization sources are approximately the same, the conditions of the QCL can be considered to be satisfied. . In addition to being detected by the transmitter, the QCL can also be obtained by means of network signaling. The network can determine whether each synchronization source in the current group is a QCL by acquiring the channel information of the UE on the cellular link or by reporting the channel information of each synchronization source detected by the UE.
3102、当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,或者,所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;3102. When the indication signaling indicates that each synchronization source in the discovery group is a QCL, the receiving end device receives data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, or The receiving end device receives the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fifth reference signal, and the fifth reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel;
3103、当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上,所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,所述接收端设备接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,或者,所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子 帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;3103. When the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, the receiving end device receives data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. And the first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and the receiving end device receives the loading without including the synchronization signal. Synchronizing data on the control channel subframe and the second reference signal, the second reference signal being recorded on a symbol in the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronization control channel, the receiving The end device receives the data and the third reference signal loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, and the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel a symbol in a subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and that is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel Or, the receiving end device receives the loading in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel. Data in the frame and a fourth reference signal, wherein the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
3104、当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,所述接收端将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;3104. When the indication signaling indicates that each synchronization source in the discovery group is a QCL, the receiving end uses the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or synchronizing the data in the control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as the a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, the receiving end The device uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and uses a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel as a demodulation reference signal of data in a bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and parses out The data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal;
3105、当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,所述接收端使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,所述接收端使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,所述接收端使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。3105. When the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, the receiving end uses the first reference signal as a location. a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel, and in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, the receiving end uses the second a reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel a frame, the receiving end uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. Data, or the receiving end uses the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the synchronization signal subframe and/or synchronization control The data channel subframe.
本发明实施例中,接收端设备根据接收到的指令信息,采用不同的方式对加载的数据进行解调,能更准确的解析出同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving end device demodulates the loaded data in different manners according to the received instruction information, and can more accurately parse the synchronous signal subframe and/or the synchronous control channel subframe. data.
一、该接收端设备接收的数据是蜂窝链路的数据。1. The data received by the receiving device is data of a cellular link.
在这种应用场景中,又可以分为数据的上行场景和下行场景。In this application scenario, it can be divided into an uplink scenario and a downlink scenario of data.
1、在数据的下行场景中: 1. In the downlink scenario of the data:
基站在未被占用的资源上加载数据再发送到蜂窝终端,基站即为本发明实施例中的发送端设备,蜂窝终端即为本发明实施例中的接收端设备。The base station loads the data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the cellular terminal. The base station is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention, and the cellular terminal is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
这种场景中,与在上述D2D链路的场景中解析数据的不同在于,蜂窝终端不知道自己接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧,需要先接收基站发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该蜂窝链路终端当前接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧,当蜂窝链路终端根据该第二指示信息确定当前接收的子帧是同步信号子帧或同步控制信号子帧时,再执行后续接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据的步骤,可以理解的是,后续接收数据和解析的步骤与上面各实施例中接收的是D2D链路的数据的具体过程类似,以下以一个实施例为例进行说明:In this scenario, the difference in parsing data in the scenario of the D2D link is that the cellular terminal does not know whether the subframe received by itself is a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, and needs to first receive the second transmission by the base station. Instructing information, the second indication information is used to indicate whether the subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, and the cellular link terminal determines the currently received subframe according to the second indication information. When the frame is a synchronization signal sub-frame or a synchronization control signal sub-frame, the step of receiving the data loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame sent by the transmitting end device is performed, and it can be understood that the subsequent reception is performed. The steps of data and parsing are similar to the specific process of receiving data of the D2D link in the foregoing embodiments. The following is an example of an embodiment:
请参阅图32,本发明实施例中信号接收方法另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 32, another embodiment of the signal receiving method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
3201、接收端设备接收发送端设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述接收端设备当前接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;The receiver device receives the second indication information that is sent by the sending end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the subframe currently received by the receiving end device is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
本实施例中,该接收端设备为蜂窝链路UE,该发送端设备为基站。In this embodiment, the receiving end device is a cellular link UE, and the transmitting end device is a base station.
3202、当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;3202. When the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe, the receiving device receives the loading of the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control sent by the transmitting device. Data in the channel subframe, the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe is a D2D synchronization control channel subframe;
3203、所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。3203. The receiving end device parses the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明实施例中,当接收端设备为蜂窝链路终端,发送端设备为基站时,接收端设备先接收发送端设备发送的第二指示信息,当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,才再执行后续步骤,使得同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源可以用于传输蜂窝链路的数据,拓宽了未被占用的资源的使用范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal and the transmitting end device is a base station, the receiving end device first receives the second indication information sent by the sending end device, and when the second indication information indicates the currently received sub When the frame is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe, the subsequent steps are performed such that unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe can be used to transmit data of the cellular link. , broaden the scope of use of unoccupied resources.
可以理解的是,当接收端设备为蜂窝链路终端时,上述接收D2D链路的数据的各实施例中只要加上步骤3201接收发送端设备发送的第二指示信息的步骤,都可以应用在本场景中,此处不作赘述。 It can be understood that, when the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal, the step of receiving the second indication information sent by the sending end device in step 3201 in each embodiment of the data for receiving the D2D link may be applied to In this scenario, it is not described here.
2、在数据的上行场景中:2. In the uplink scenario of the data:
蜂窝终端在未被占用的资源上加载数据再发送到基站,蜂窝终端即为本发明实施例中的发送端设备,基站即为本发明实施例中的接收端设备。The cellular terminal loads data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the base station. The cellular terminal is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention, and the base station is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
这种情况中,基站解析出加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据的具体步骤,与可以将基站作为接收端设备,参阅前面接收D2D链路的数据的各实施例中接收端塞红包解析加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据的具体步骤,与上述接收D2D链路的数据的场景中类似,此处不作赘述。In this case, the specific step of the base station parsing the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the base station as the receiving end device, refer to the foregoing embodiments of receiving the data of the D2D link. The specific step of parsing the data in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame is similar to that in the scenario of receiving the data of the D2D link, and is not described here.
需要说明的是,上述各实施例中,在接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据的过程中,也需要对所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧进行速率匹配。It should be noted that, in the foregoing embodiments, in the process of the receiver device parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or synchronous control channel subframes for rate matching.
有关指示速率匹配,包括两种方法。方法1:使用显式或隐式的信令来指示蜂窝链路的发射机或接收机是否要做速率匹配。速率匹配的位置由D2DSS子帧中被D2D链路使用过的资源以及蜂窝链路中解调参考信号使用过的资源来确定。方法2:对于蜂窝链路的接收机,尤其是下行接收机(这个在TDD下行子帧用于D2D时存在这种情况),可以用基于UE实现的方法。一种方法包括UE按有D2DSS的发送和无D2DSS的发送分别来做检测和译码,看哪一种假设对应的译码结果正确。另一种方法在D2DSS子帧上的第2个符号上的解调参考信号做解扩后的能量检测,因为第2个时隙上没有解调参考信号,按第一个时隙上的解调参考信号来解扩后,必然存在较低的能量。如果这个假设成立,则说明当前使用的是D2DSS子帧,需要做接收侧的速率匹配。There are two ways to indicate rate matching. Method 1: Use explicit or implicit signaling to indicate whether the transmitter or receiver of the cellular link is to be rate matched. The location of the rate match is determined by the resources used by the D2D link in the D2DSS subframe and the resources used by the demodulation reference signal in the cellular link. Method 2: For receivers of cellular links, especially downlink receivers (this is the case when TDD downlink subframes are used for D2D), a UE-based approach can be used. A method includes the UE performing detection and decoding according to the transmission of D2DSS and the transmission of no D2DSS, respectively, to see which one the corresponding decoding result is correct. Another method performs despreading energy detection on the demodulated reference signal on the second symbol on the D2DSS subframe, because there is no demodulation reference signal on the second time slot, and the solution on the first time slot After the reference signal is demodulated, there must be a lower energy. If this assumption is true, it indicates that the D2DSS subframe is currently used, and the rate matching on the receiving side needs to be performed.
另外,按目前对D2D系统设计的约束,对一个UE而言,在一个载波上,收、发不能做全双工。即对D2D的UE而言,发射D2D信号与接收D2D信号必须是TDM的。同样地,对而一个同步源UE而言,当存在多跳转发的情况时(比如部分覆盖场景下),会有某个D2D的同步源既要接收来自其他同步源的PD2DSCH信号,又要发送自己作为下一跳同步源的PD2DSCH信号。In addition, according to the current constraints on the design of the D2D system, for one UE, on one carrier, the transmission and transmission cannot be done full duplex. That is, for a D2D UE, the D2D signal and the received D2D signal must be TDM. Similarly, for a synchronization source UE, when there is a multi-hop forwarding situation (such as in a partial coverage scenario), a certain D2D synchronization source needs to receive the PD2DSCH signal from other synchronization sources, and Send the PD2DSCH signal as its next hop sync source.
一种方式是:使不同的同步源发送PD2DSCH时使用不同的D2DSS子帧,具体的,同步控制信道中可以包括第一同步控制信道和第二同步控制信道,第一同步控制信道有第一发射端设备加载,第二同步控制信道由第二发射端设备 加载,该第一同步控制信道和第二同步控制信道可以占用不同的同步信号子帧。One way is to use different D2DSS subframes when different synchronization sources send the PD2DSCH. Specifically, the synchronization control channel may include a first synchronization control channel and a second synchronization control channel, where the first synchronization control channel has a first transmission. The end device is loaded, and the second synchronous control channel is configured by the second transmitting end device. Loading, the first synchronization control channel and the second synchronization control channel may occupy different synchronization signal subframes.
可以理解的是,还可以有更多的发射端设备发送的同步控制信道,分别占用不同的同步信号子帧。It can be understood that there may be more synchronous control channels sent by the transmitting device, which respectively occupy different synchronization signal subframes.
如图33所示,为不同的同步源发送同步控制信道时使用不同的同步信号子帧的一个实例示意图,第一个发射端设备UE1发送的同步控制信道占用前两个同步信号子帧,第二个发送端设备UE2发送的同步控制信道占用第3和第4个同步信号子帧,第三个发送端设备UE3发送的同步控制信道占用第5和第6个同步信号子帧。这样同步源UE1在发送PD2DSCH的时候,不必在这些子帧上接收第2、3个UE的PD2DSCH,但却可以在第2、3个UE发送PD2DSCH子帧的位置上接收。从而解决了半双工限制的问题。As shown in FIG. 33, an example of using different synchronization signal subframes when transmitting a synchronization control channel for different synchronization sources, the synchronization control channel sent by the first transmitter device UE1 occupies the first two synchronization signal subframes, The synchronous control channel sent by the two transmitting end devices UE2 occupies the third and fourth synchronization signal subframes, and the synchronous control channel transmitted by the third transmitting end device UE3 occupies the fifth and sixth synchronization signal subframes. In this way, when the PD2DSCH is transmitted, the synchronization source UE1 does not need to receive the PD2DSCH of the 2nd and 3rd UEs in these subframes, but can receive at the position where the 2nd and 3rd UEs transmit the PD2DSCH subframe. Thereby solving the problem of half duplex limitation.
即在PD2DSCH的传输周期内,一个同步源UE实际上发送的PD2DSCH只使用其中部分的子帧,不同的同步源UE发送PD2DSCH时使用整个周期内的不同的子帧。并且,每次传输可以占用多个连续或不连续的子帧。That is, in the transmission period of the PD2DSCH, the PD2DSCH actually transmitted by one synchronization source UE uses only a part of the subframes, and different synchronization source UEs use different subframes in the entire period when transmitting the PD2DSCH. Also, each transmission can occupy multiple consecutive or non-contiguous subframes.
每个同步源发送的PD2DSCH的位置可以是由基站通过信令通知UE的,也可以是UE根据某些参数获得的。具体哪个同步源UE使用哪D2DSS子帧,可以将PD2DSCH周期内的多个D2DSS子帧划分成几个部分,然后通过某些参数来关联。比如,同步源UE可以根据同步源ID来获得。如图33中所示,如果PD2DSCH周期中最多可以发3个不同的PD2DSCH的话,则可以使用不同的同步源ID中的全部或一部分来获取。如取同步源ID二进制编码中的任何其中的2比特来指示;或者由它同步源标识的个位,十位或百位或整个同步源标识的值模3获得。这里的3是指PD2DSCH周期内可以指示的最大数量。另一种指示不同的同步源UE使用在PD2DSCH周期内的不同子帧的方法是同步源的步数,如不同跳数的同步源的PD2DSCH放在PD2DSCH周期内的不同位置。即第一发射端设备与第二发射端设备当前所处的同步源跳数不同。The location of the PD2DSCH sent by each synchronization source may be notified by the base station to the UE, or may be obtained by the UE according to certain parameters. Specifically, which D2DSS subframe is used by the synchronization source UE, multiple D2DSS subframes in the PD2DSCH period may be divided into several parts and then associated by some parameters. For example, the synchronization source UE can be obtained according to the synchronization source ID. As shown in FIG. 33, if a maximum of 3 different PD2DSCHs can be transmitted in the PD2DSCH period, all or a part of different synchronization source IDs may be used for acquisition. It is obtained by taking any 2 bits of the synchronization source ID binary code; or by the parity bit identified by the synchronization source, the tens or hundreds of bits or the value of the entire synchronization source identification modulo 3. Here 3 refers to the maximum number that can be indicated in the PD2DSCH period. Another method for indicating that different synchronization source UEs use different subframes in the PD2DSCH period is the number of steps of the synchronization source, such as the PD2DSCH of the synchronization source of different hops being placed at different positions within the PD2DSCH period. That is, the number of synchronization source hops of the first transmitting end device and the second transmitting end device is different.
另一种方式是:第一同步控制信道与第二同步控制信道占用同一个同步信号子帧中不同的符号,或者说不同的同步源发送PD2DSCH时使用同一个D2DSS子帧中的不同的OFDM符号。Another way is: the first synchronous control channel and the second synchronous control channel occupy different symbols in the same synchronization signal subframe, or different synchronization sources use different OFDM symbols in the same D2DSS subframe when transmitting the PD2DSCH. .
如图34所示为不同的同步源发送PD2DSCH时使用同一个D2DSS子帧中 的不同的符号的一个实例示意图,第一个发射端设备UE1的PD2DSCH可以使用第1个时隙的0,1,4,5这四个位置的符号;而第二个发射端设备UE2的PD2DSCH则使用第2个时隙的0,1,4,5这四个位置的符号。具体哪个同步源UE使用哪部分符号,可以将符号划分成几个部分,然后通过某些参数来关联。比如,同步源UE可以根据同步源ID来获得。As shown in FIG. 34, different synchronization sources use the same D2DSS subframe when transmitting PD2DSCH. A schematic diagram of an example of different symbols, the PD2DSCH of the first transmitting end device UE1 can use the symbols of the four positions 0, 1, 4, 5 of the first time slot; and the PD2DSCH of the second transmitting end device UE2 Then, the symbols of the four positions 0, 1, 4, and 5 of the second time slot are used. Specifically, which synchronization source UE uses which part of the symbol, the symbol can be divided into several parts and then associated by some parameters. For example, the synchronization source UE can be obtained according to the synchronization source ID.
当然还可以同时将在D2DSS子帧和子帧内的符号划分成多个子集,将来自不同同步源UE的PD2DSCH关联到相应子帧上的相应的符号上。It is of course also possible to simultaneously divide the symbols in the D2DSS subframe and the subframe into a plurality of subsets, and associate the PD2DSCHs from different synchronization source UEs to corresponding symbols on the corresponding subframes.
因为同步源的发射机发射D2DSS,同时同步源也必然是PD2DSCH的发射机。而不同的同步源可以是独立的同步源,也可以是接收其它同步源的定时参考,然后再向下发射D2DSS。独立的同步源对应的同步源的跳数为第一跳,以第一同步源为参考进行发射的同步源则为第二跳。如图35所示为不同D2D同步源具有不同的当前同步源跳数的一个实例示意图。Since the transmitter of the synchronization source transmits D2DSS, the synchronization source must also be the transmitter of the PD2DSCH. Different synchronization sources may be independent synchronization sources, or may receive timing references of other synchronization sources, and then transmit D2DSS downwards. The hop count of the synchronization source corresponding to the independent synchronization source is the first hop, and the synchronization source that is transmitted with reference to the first synchronization source is the second hop. FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram showing an example of different D2D synchronization sources having different current synchronization source hops.
不同同步源所处的当前同步源跳数可以由D2DSS序列来指示,或由承载在PD2DSCH中的信令来指示。同时,为了便于D2D接收机来区分来自不同同步源发射的PD2DSCH的位置,具有不同当前同步源跳数的发射机对应有不同的时域上的位置。比如,跳数为0的PD2DSCH可以在位置0,跳数为1的PD2DSCH可以有一个相对于位置0的一个偏移位置1,跳数为2的PD2DSCH可以有一个相对于位置0的偏移位置2。因此当D2D UE的接收机在检测PD2DSCH时,可以先通过D2DSS来确定所检测的D2DSS所处的当前跳数,然后按对应的在时间上的偏移位置来确定对应的PD2DSCH的位置。从而可以进一步减少PD2DSCH接收机的检测时间。The current synchronization source hop count at which different synchronization sources are located may be indicated by a D2DSS sequence or by signaling carried in the PD2DSCH. Meanwhile, in order to facilitate the D2D receiver to distinguish the positions of the PD2DSCHs transmitted from different synchronization sources, the transmitters having different current synchronization source hops have different positions in the time domain. For example, a PD2DSCH with a hop count of 0 can be at position 0, a PD2DSCH with a hop count of 1 can have an offset position 1 relative to position 0, and a PD2DSCH with a hop count of 2 can have an offset position relative to position 0. 2. Therefore, when the receiver of the D2D UE detects the PD2DSCH, the D2DSS may first determine the current hop count of the detected D2DSS, and then determine the location of the corresponding PD2DSCH according to the corresponding offset position in time. Thereby, the detection time of the PD2DSCH receiver can be further reduced.
下面对本发明实施例中的发送端设备进行描述:The following describes the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention:
请参阅图36,本发明实施例中发送端设备一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 36, an embodiment of a transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
确定模块3601,用于确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;a determining module 3601, configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
数据加载模块3602,用于在所述确定模块3601确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;The data loading module 3602 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 3601;
发送模块3603,用于将所述数据加载模块3602加载的所述数据发送到接 收端设备。a sending module 3603, configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 3602 to the interface Receiving device.
本发明实施例中确定模块3601先确定D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,数据加载模块3602在该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据,发送模块3603再将加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据发送到接收端设备,这样,有效的利用了D2D的同步信号子帧中未被占用的资源,提高了系统对资源的利用率。In the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module 3601 first determines the unoccupied resources in the D2D synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the data loading module 3602 is in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. The data is loaded on the unoccupied resource, and the sending module 3603 transmits the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe to the receiving device, so that the D2D synchronization signal subframe is effectively utilized. Unoccupied resources increase the utilization of resources by the system.
下面分别发射端设备在未被占用的资源上加载D2D链路的数据和加载蜂窝链路的数据进行描述:The data of the D2D link and the data of the loaded cellular link are respectively described by the transmitting device on the unoccupied resource:
一、发射端设备在未被占用的资源上加载D2D链路的数据。1. The transmitting device loads the data of the D2D link on the unoccupied resource.
如图12为未被占用的资源使用在D2D链路中的一个应用场景,其中基站设备可以存在,也可以不存在,但是会至少(图12中给出的是一个发射机的示意图)有一个D2D的发射端设备和若干个D2D的接收端设备,发射端设备和接收端设备均为D2D的终端,如图12中所示,D2DUE1为发射端设备,D2DUE2和D2DUE3均为接收端设备。FIG. 12 is an application scenario in which an unoccupied resource is used in a D2D link, where the base station device may or may not exist, but at least (a schematic diagram of a transmitter is shown in FIG. 12) The D2D transmitting end device and the several D2D receiving end devices, the transmitting end device and the receiving end device are D2D terminals. As shown in FIG. 12, D2DUE1 is a transmitting end device, and D2DUE2 and D2DUE3 are both receiving end devices.
在这种场景中,发射端设备和接收端设备都为D2D终端。In this scenario, both the transmitting device and the receiving device are D2D terminals.
具体的,在实际应用中,可以采用时分的方式在未被占用的资源上加载解调参考信号:Specifically, in an actual application, the demodulation reference signal may be loaded on the unoccupied resource in a time division manner:
请参阅图37,本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 37, another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
确定模块3701,用于确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;a determining module 3701, configured to determine, in the synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
数据加载模块3702,用于在所述确定模块3701确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;The data loading module 3702 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 3701;
发送模块3703,用于将所述数据加载模块3702加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备;The sending module 3703 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 3702 to the receiving end device;
本实施中,该发射设备还包括:In this implementation, the transmitting device further includes:
第一参考加载模块3704,用于当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置 的符号上加载第一参考信号;The first reference loading module 3704 is configured to: when the synchronization signal sub-frame does not include the synchronization control channel, is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe. Loading the first reference signal on the symbol;
第二参考加载模块3705,用于当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;a second reference loading module 3705, configured to: when the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, in the synchronization control channel subframe, is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel Loading a second reference signal on the symbol;
第三参考加载模块3706,用于当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。a third reference loading module 3706, configured to: when the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, The third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
可选的,该发射端设备中还可以包括有:Optionally, the transmitting device may further include:
序列生成模块3707,用于在所述数据的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道所在的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成该序列的第二部分。a sequence generating module 3707, configured to generate, on a bandwidth of the data, a unique determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal, or on a bandwidth where the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is located A first portion of the uniquely determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal is generated and a second portion of the sequence is generated over the remaining bandwidth.
本发明实施例中,第一参考加载模块3704、第二参考加载模块3705、第三参考加载模块3706采用时分的方法在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中中加载第一参考信号、第二参考信号、或第三参考信号,确保了加载的数据能被顺利解调。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first reference loading module 3704, the second reference loading module 3705, and the third reference loading module 3706 load the first reference signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe by using a time division method. The second reference signal or the third reference signal ensures that the loaded data can be smoothly demodulated.
在实际应用中,还可以采用叠加的方式在未被占用的资源上加载解调参考信号:In practical applications, the demodulation reference signal may also be loaded on the unoccupied resources by means of superposition:
请参阅图38,本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 38, another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
确定模块3801,用于确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;a determining module 3801, configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
数据加载模块3802,用于在所述确定模块3801确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;The data loading module 3802 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 3801;
发送模块3803,用于将所述数据加载模块3802加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备;The sending module 3803 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 3802 to the receiving end device;
本实施中,该发射设备还包括:In this implementation, the transmitting device further includes:
第四参考加载模块3804,用于在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子 帧中同步信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号。a fourth reference loading module 3804 for using the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel On the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the frame, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded.
本发明实施例中,第四参考加载模块3804将第四参考信号叠加在同步信号上作为数据的解调参考信号,节省了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中符号的位置,增加了能够加载是数据的时域资源,提高了对资源的利用率。In the embodiment of the present invention, the fourth reference loading module 3804 superimposes the fourth reference signal on the synchronization signal as the demodulation reference signal of the data, thereby saving the position of the symbol in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and increasing The ability to load time domain resources that are data increases the utilization of resources.
在实际应用中,当数据的带宽超出了同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽,还可以在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置加载解调参考信号:In practical applications, when the bandwidth of the data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the demodulation reference signal can also be loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel:
请参阅图39,本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 39, another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
确定模块3901,用于确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;a determining module 3901, configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
数据加载模块3902,用于在所述确定模块3901确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;The data loading module 3902 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 3901;
发送模块3903,用于将所述数据加载模块3902加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备;The sending module 3903 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 3902 to the receiving end device;
本实施中,该发射设备还包括:In this implementation, the transmitting device further includes:
第五参考加载模块3904,用于在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号;a fifth reference loading module 3904, configured to load a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
可选的,该第五参考加载模块3904具体可以用于,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,生成数据的带宽上的解调参考序列,将所述数据的带宽上的解调参考序列中与同步信号或控制信道的带宽重叠的部分删除,将所述解调参考序列剩余的部分放在相应的位置上生成所述第五参考信号,或,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中数据的带宽上,与同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽不重叠的位置,生成所述第五参考信号。Optionally, the fifth reference loading module 3904 is specifically configured to: in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, generate a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data, and use the bandwidth of the data. a portion of the demodulation reference sequence overlapped with the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the control channel, and the remaining portion of the demodulation reference sequence is placed at a corresponding position to generate the fifth reference signal, or, in the synchronization The fifth reference signal is generated at a position on the bandwidth of the data in the signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe that does not overlap the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
本发明实施例中,当加载的数据的带宽超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,第五参考加载模块3904在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号,这样便可以在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外也能加载数据,更大程度的利用了同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的时频资源。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the bandwidth of the loaded data exceeds the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the fifth reference loading module 3904 in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the synchronization signal Or the position outside the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel, the fifth reference signal is loaded, so that the data can be loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronous control channel, and the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or synchronization control is utilized to a greater extent. Time-frequency resources in a channel subframe.
在实际应用中,还可以先判断发现组内各同步源是否为QCL,再根据判 断结果对解调参考信号进行加载,所谓QCL是指:来自多个独立的发射机的信号,它们所经历的信道对应的参数(如信道对应的最大时延扩展,最大频率扩展、或最大多普勒频移值等)从接收机来看差异较小,可以近似地被看作是来自于同一个站点的信号。发射机判断的方法是,在发射数据之前,接收组内所有的同步源的D2DSS,对它们的信道进行估计和分析,如果所有的同步源的信道是近似相同的,则可以认为满足QCL的条件。QCL除了能够通过发射机检测得到外,还可以通过网络信令通知的方式得到。网络可以通过在蜂窝链路上获取UE的信道信息,或者通过UE上报自己检测到的各个同步源的信道信息,从而确定当前组内的各个同步源是否是QCL的。In practical applications, it is also possible to first determine whether each synchronization source in the group is QCL, and then judge according to the judgment. The result of the break is to load the demodulation reference signal. The so-called QCL refers to the signals from multiple independent transmitters, and the parameters corresponding to the channels they experience (such as the maximum delay spread corresponding to the channel, the maximum frequency spread, or the maximum The Pule shift value, etc.) is small from the receiver and can be approximated as a signal from the same site. The transmitter judges by receiving the D2DSS of all synchronization sources in the group before transmitting the data, and estimating and analyzing their channels. If the channels of all synchronization sources are approximately the same, the conditions of the QCL can be considered to be satisfied. . In addition to being detected by the transmitter, the QCL can also be obtained by means of network signaling. The network can determine whether each synchronization source in the current group is a QCL by acquiring the channel information of the UE on the cellular link or by reporting the channel information of each synchronization source detected by the UE.
请参阅图40,本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 40, another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
确定模块4001,用于确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;a determining module 4001, configured to determine, in a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
数据加载模块4002,用于在所述确定模块4001确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;The data loading module 4002 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 4001;
发送模块4003,用于将所述数据加载模块4002加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备;The sending module 4003 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 4002 to the receiving end device;
本实施中,该发射设备还包括:In this implementation, the transmitting device further includes:
准工站判断模块4004,用于判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The quasi-work station judging module 4004 is configured to determine whether a quasi-co-located QCL is found between the respective synchronization sources in the group, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group are approximately from the same a signal of the station, where the synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
第六参考加载模块4005,用于当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号;The sixth reference loading module 4005 is configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, do not load the demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in the synchronization Loading a fifth reference signal at a location outside the bandwidth of the signal or synchronization control channel;
第七参考加载模块4006,用于当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不 包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。a seventh reference loading module 4006, configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, superimposing and loading on the symbols occupied by the synchronization signals in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe a fourth reference signal, or a first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol of a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel, and includes a synchronization signal subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel or In the synchronization control channel subframe, the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
本发明实施例中,数据加载模块4002加载数据和解调参考信号之前,准工站判断模块4004先判断是否为QCL,第六参考加载模块4005和第七参考加载模块4006根据判断结果按照不同的方式对解调参考信号进行加载,使得对解调参考信号的加载更加灵活。In the embodiment of the present invention, before the data loading module 4002 loads the data and demodulates the reference signal, the quasi-work station judging module 4004 first determines whether it is a QCL, and the sixth reference loading module 4005 and the seventh reference loading module 4006 according to the judgment result are different according to the judgment result. The method loads the demodulation reference signal, so that the loading of the demodulation reference signal is more flexible.
在实际应用中,还可以先判断该发射端设备是否为同步源发射机,再根据判断结构进行后续操作:In practical applications, it may also be first determined whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, and then perform subsequent operations according to the judgment structure:
请参阅图41,本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 41, another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
确定模块4101,用于确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;The determining module 4101 is configured to determine, in the synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
数据加载模块4102,用于在所述确定模块4101确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;The data loading module 4102 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 4101;
发送模块4103,用于将所述数据加载模块4102加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备;The sending module 4103 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 4102 to the receiving end device;
该发射设备还包括:The transmitting device also includes:
准工站判断模块4104,用于判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The quasi-work station judging module 4104 is configured to determine whether each of the synchronization sources in the group is a quasi-co-site QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the plurality of transmitting end devices in the discovery group are approximately from the same a signal of the station, where the synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
第六参考加载模块4105,用于当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号;The sixth reference loading module 4105 is configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, do not load the demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in the synchronization Loading a fifth reference signal at a location outside the bandwidth of the signal or synchronization control channel;
第七参考加载模块4106,用于当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未 被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号;The seventh reference loading module 4106 is configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, superimposing and loading on the symbols occupied by the synchronization signals in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe The fourth reference signal, or in the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronous control channel a first reference signal is loaded on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal and different from the synchronization signal, and a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal Uploading the second reference signal, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel Loading a third reference signal on the symbol of the location;
本实施例中,该发射端设备还包括:In this embodiment, the transmitting device further includes:
同步源确定模块4107,用于确定所述发射端设备是否为同步源发射机;a synchronization source determining module 4107, configured to determine whether the transmitting end device is a synchronization source transmitter;
第一触发模块4108,用于当确定所述发射端设备不为同步源发射机时,触发所述准工站判断模块4104;The first triggering module 4108 is configured to trigger the quasi-work station determining module 4104 when determining that the transmitting end device is not a synchronous source transmitter;
第八参考加载模块4109,用于当确定所述发射端设备是同步源发射机时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号,或者在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。An eighth reference loading module 4109, configured to: when determining that the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, do not load a demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal or Loading a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, or superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or not including a first reference signal is loaded on a symbol of a synchronization signal sub-frame of the synchronization control channel that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. Loading a second reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronous control channel, in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel A third reference signal is loaded on a symbol at a different location from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
本发明实施例中,发射端设备加载数据和解调参考信号之前,同步源确定模块4107先判断该发射端设备是否为同步源发射机,根据判断结果按照不同的方式对解调参考信号进行加载,使得对解调参考信号的加载更加灵活。In the embodiment of the present invention, before the transmitting end device loads the data and demodulates the reference signal, the synchronization source determining module 4107 first determines whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, and loads the demodulation reference signal according to different manners according to the judgment result. This makes the loading of the demodulation reference signal more flexible.
上面各实施例中,数据加载模块在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据,在实际应用中,该发射端设备还包括:In the above embodiments, the data loading module loads data on the un-occupied resources in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame. In an actual application, the transmitting end device further includes:
速率匹配模块,用于在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道中未被占用的资源上进行速率匹配。And a rate matching module, configured to perform rate matching on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
二、发射端设备在未被占用的资源上加载蜂窝链路的数据。2. The transmitting device loads the data of the cellular link on the unoccupied resource.
在这种应用场景中,又可以分为数据的上行场景和下行场景。In this application scenario, it can be divided into an uplink scenario and a downlink scenario of data.
1、在数据的下行场景中: 1. In the downlink scenario of the data:
基站在未被占用的资源上加载数据再发送到蜂窝终端,基站即为本发明实施例中的发送端设备,蜂窝终端即为本发明实施例中的接收端设备。The base station loads the data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the cellular terminal. The base station is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention, and the cellular terminal is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
这种场景中,作为发射端设备加载蜂窝链路的数据的基站的结构与上述作为发射端设备加载D2D链路的数据的D2D终端的结构相似,此处不作赘述。In this scenario, the structure of the base station that loads the data of the cellular link as the transmitting end device is similar to the structure of the D2D terminal that loads the data of the D2D link as the transmitting end device, and details are not described herein.
2、在数据的上行场景中:2. In the uplink scenario of the data:
蜂窝终端在未被占用的资源上加载数据再发送到基站,蜂窝终端即为本发明实施例中的发送端设备,基站即为本发明实施例中的接收端设备。The cellular terminal loads data on the unoccupied resource and then sends the data to the base station. The cellular terminal is the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention, and the base station is the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention.
与作为发送端设备加载D2D链路的数据的D2D终端的不同在于,作为发送端设备的蜂窝终端不清楚自己待发送数据的子帧是否为同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧,而作为接收端设备的基站知道,所以该发送端设备需要先接收基站发送的一个指示信息来确定当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧,因此该发射端设备中还需要包括有接收该指示信息的模块,以下以几个实施例为例进行说明:The difference from the D2D terminal that loads the data of the D2D link as the transmitting device is that the cellular terminal that is the transmitting device does not know whether the subframe of the data to be transmitted is the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, and receives the The base station of the end device knows, so the transmitting device needs to first receive an indication information sent by the base station to determine whether the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe, and therefore the transmitter device needs to include The module for receiving the indication information is described below by taking several embodiments as an example:
请参阅图42,本发明实施例中发射端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 42, another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为蜂窝链路终端,所述接收端设备为基站时,所述发射端设备包括:When the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device is a cellular link terminal, and the receiving end device is a base station, the transmitting end device includes:
确定模块4201,用于确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;The determining module 4201 is configured to determine, in the synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe Including a synchronous control channel;
数据加载模块4202,用于在所述确定模块4201确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;The data loading module 4202 is configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module 4201;
发送模块4203,用于将所述数据加载模块4202加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备;The sending module 4203 is configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module 4202 to the receiving end device;
该发射设备还包括:The transmitting device also includes:
接收模块4204,用于接收所述基站发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝终端当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;The receiving module 4204 is configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
第二触发模块4205,用于当所述第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,触发所述确定模块4201。 The second triggering module 4205 is configured to trigger the determining module 4201 when the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明实施例中,当发送端设备为蜂窝终端时,需要接收模块4204先接收基站发送的第一指示信息,当该第一指示信息确定当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,第二触发模块4205才触发确定模块4201,使得同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源可以用于传输蜂窝链路的数据,拓宽了未被占用的资源的使用范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the sending end device is a cellular terminal, the receiving module 4204 needs to first receive the first indication information sent by the base station, and when the first indication information determines that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or synchronization. When the control channel subframe is controlled, the second trigger module 4205 triggers the determining module 4201 so that unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe can be used to transmit data of the cellular link, which broadens the The scope of use of the occupied resources.
再以图37所示的实施例为例,发射端设备在未被占用的资源上采用时分的方式加载D2D链路的数据,只需要在发射端设备中加入接收第一指示信息的接收模块和触发确定模块的触发模块,该发射端设备即可在未被占用的资源上加载蜂窝链路的数据,具体变化如下:Taking the embodiment shown in FIG. 37 as an example, the transmitting end device loads the data of the D2D link in a time division manner on the unoccupied resources, and only needs to add the receiving module that receives the first indication information to the transmitting end device. Triggering the trigger module of the determining module, the transmitting device can load the data of the cellular link on the unoccupied resources, and the specific changes are as follows:
该发射端设备包括:The transmitting device includes:
确定模块,用于确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;a determining module, configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe includes Synchronous control channel;
数据加载模块,用于在所述确定模块确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;a data loading module, configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module;
发送模块,用于将所述数据加载模块加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备;a sending module, configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module to a receiving end device;
本实施中,该发射设备还包括:In this implementation, the transmitting device further includes:
第一参考加载模块,用于当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号;a first reference loading module, configured to: when the synchronization signal sub-frame does not include a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal sub-frame, the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal is loaded on the symbol a reference signal;
第二参考加载模块,用于当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;a second reference loading module, configured to: when the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe Loading a second reference signal;
第三参考加载模块,用于当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。a third reference loading module, configured to: when the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, The third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
可选的,该发射端设备中还可以包括有:Optionally, the transmitting device may further include:
序列生成模块,用于在所述数据的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二 参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道所在的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成该序列的第二部分;a sequence generating module, configured to generate, on a bandwidth of the data, a first reference signal, and a second a uniquely determined sequence of reference signals or third reference signals, or a uniquely determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal over the bandwidth over which the synchronization signal or synchronization control channel is located Part of, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth;
该发射端设备还包括:The transmitting device further includes:
接收模块,用于接收所述基站发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝终端当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;a receiving module, configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
第二触发模块,用于当所述第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,触发所述确定模块。The second triggering module is configured to trigger the determining module when the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe.
如上所示,加上接收模块和第二触发模块后,上述各实施例中加载D2D链路的数据的发射端设备都可用于加载蜂窝链路的数据。As shown above, after the receiving module and the second triggering module are added, the transmitting device that loads the data of the D2D link in the above embodiments can be used to load the data of the cellular link.
可以理解的是,在上述在未被占用的资源上加载D2D链路的数据的各发射端设备中加入接收模块4204和第二触发模块4205后,都可以应用于加载蜂窝链路的数据,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that after the receiving module 4204 and the second triggering module 4205 are added to each of the transmitting end devices that load the data of the D2D link on the unoccupied resource, the data can be applied to load the cellular link. I won't go into details here.
下面对本发明实施例中的接收端设备进行描述:The following describes the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention:
请参阅图43,本发明实施例中接收端设备一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 43, an embodiment of a receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
第一接收模块4301,用于接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;The first receiving module 4301 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control The channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
解析模块4302,用于解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The parsing module 4302 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明实施例中,第一接收模块4301接收到发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,解析模块4302解析出该同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,利用了同步喜好子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧的资源传输数据,提高了资源的利用率。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first receiving module 4301 receives the data that is sent by the transmitting device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and the parsing module 4302 parses the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization. The data in the control channel subframe utilizes resource transmission data of the synchronization favorite subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, thereby improving resource utilization.
根据发射端设备对数据的加载情况的不同,接收端设备对该数据的解析方式也会有所不同:Depending on how the data is loaded by the transmitting device, the receiving device will parse the data differently:
1、发射端设备没有加载单独的对数据的解调参考信号。1. The transmitting device does not load a separate demodulation reference signal for the data.
该解析模块4302具体可以用于,将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信 号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The parsing module 4302 may be specifically configured to use a synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data. And parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明实施例中,该解析模块4302使用同步信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号,准确的解析出加载的数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, the parsing module 4302 uses the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the loaded data to accurately parse the loaded data.
2、发射端设备采用时分的方式加载解调参考信号。2. The transmitting device loads the demodulation reference signal in a time division manner.
请参阅图44,本发明实施例中接收端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 44, another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
第一接收模块4401,用于接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;The first receiving module 4401 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control The channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
解析模块4402,用于解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;The parsing module 4402 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
本实施例中,该所述第一接收模块4401具体包括:In this embodiment, the first receiving module 4401 specifically includes:
第一接收单元44011,用于接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上;a first receiving unit 44011, configured to receive data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, where the first reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
第二接收单元44012,用于接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;a second receiving unit 44012, configured to receive data and a second reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe and is not synchronously controlled. The symbol occupied by the channel and different from the synchronous control channel;
第三接收单元44013,用于接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;a third receiving unit 44013, configured to receive data and a third reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal a symbol in a subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
该解析模块4402具体包括:The parsing module 4402 specifically includes:
第一解析单元44021,用于在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据;The first parsing unit 44021 is configured to parse the synchronization signal that does not include the synchronization control channel by using the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel. The data in the sub-frame;
第二解析单元44022,用于在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;The second parsing unit 44022 is configured to parse the synchronous control channel that does not include the synchronization signal by using the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal. The data in the sub-frame;
第三解析单元44023,用于在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子 帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。a third parsing unit 44023 for synchronizing signals including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel And using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on the frame or the synchronization control channel subframe, parsing out the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel The data.
本发明实施例中,第一解析单元44021、第二解析单元44022和第三解析单元44023将接收端设备使用采用时分的方式加载在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号,准确的解析出加载在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first parsing unit 44021, the second parsing unit 44022, and the third parsing unit 44023 load the first reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe by using the time-division manner by the receiving end device. And the second reference signal or the third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, and the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe is accurately parsed.
3、发射端设备采用叠加的方式加载的解调参考信号:3. The demodulation reference signal loaded by the transmitting device in a superimposed manner:
请参阅图43,本发明实施例中接收端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 43, another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
第一接收模块4301,用于接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;The first receiving module 4301 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control The channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
解析模块4302,用于解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;The parsing module 4302 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
本实施例中,该第一接收模块4301具体用于,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;In this embodiment, the first receiving module 4301 is specifically configured to receive data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fourth reference signal, where the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded in the synchronization signal. Occupied symbol;
该解析模块4302具体用于,使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The parsing module 4302 is specifically configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe by using the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data.
本发明实施例中,解析模块4302将使用采用叠加的方式加载在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的第四参考信号作为加载的数据的解调参考信号,准确的解析出加载在同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, the parsing module 4302 will use the fourth reference signal loaded on the synchronization signal sub-frame or the synchronization control channel sub-frame in a superimposed manner as a demodulation reference signal of the loaded data, and accurately parse the loading in synchronization. Signal sub-frame or data in a synchronization control channel sub-frame.
4、发射端设备在同步信号或同步控制信道带宽外的位置加载了解调参考信号:4. The transmitting device loads the demodulation reference signal at a position outside the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel bandwidth:
请参阅图45,本发明实施例中接收端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 45, another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
第一接收模块4501,用于接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧; The first receiving module 4501 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control The channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
解析模块4502,用于解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;The parsing module 4502 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
本实施例中,第一接收模块4501具体用于,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;In this embodiment, the first receiving module 4501 is specifically configured to receive data and a fifth reference signal that are loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the fifth reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal. a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
该解析模块4502具体包括:The parsing module 4502 specifically includes:
第四解析单元45021,用于在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;a fourth parsing unit 45021, configured to use the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal, and parse the Included in the synchronization signal subframe of the synchronization signal or the data in the synchronization control channel subframe;
第五解析单元45022,用于在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The fifth parsing unit 45022 is configured to use the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, and use the synchronization control channel. The demodulation reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data within the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal is parsed.
本发明实施例中,对于超出同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的数据,第四解析单元45021和第五解析单元45022使用加载在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的第五参考信号来进行解析,准确的得到加载在同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, for data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the fourth parsing unit 45021 and the fifth parsing unit 45022 perform the fifth reference signal that is loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Analyze and accurately obtain data that is loaded outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
5、接收端设备中包括有接收发射端设备发送的指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL的指示信令的模块:5. The receiving end device includes a module that receives the indication signaling sent by the transmitting end device to indicate whether the respective synchronization sources in the group are QCL:
请参阅图46,本发明实施例中接收端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 46, another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
第一接收模块4601,用于接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;The first receiving module 4601 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control The channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
解析模块4602,用于解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;The parsing module 4602 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
本实施例中,该发射端设备还包括: In this embodiment, the transmitting device further includes:
第二接收模块4603,用于接收所述发射端设备发送的指示信令,所述指示信令用于指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The second receiving module 4603 is configured to receive the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether each synchronization source in the group is a QCL, and the QCL is used to represent the discovery group. The signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices are approximately signals from the same station, and the synchronization source includes the transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the discovery group;
所述第一接收模块4601具体包括:The first receiving module 4601 specifically includes:
第四接收单元46011,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;The fourth receiving unit 46011 is configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, receive data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or Receiving data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or Synchronizing the position of the control channel outside the bandwidth;
第五接收单元46012,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上,接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;The fifth receiving unit 46012 is configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, receive data and a first reference that are loaded on the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. a signal, the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol of a synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include a synchronization control channel that is not occupied by a synchronization signal and is different from a synchronization signal, and is received by a synchronization control channel that does not include a synchronization signal. Data on the frame and a second reference signal, the second reference signal being recorded on a symbol in the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronization control channel, and the reception is loaded in the synchronization signal and Synchronizing the synchronization signal subframe of the control channel or the data on the synchronization control channel subframe and the third reference signal, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe is not the synchronization signal And a symbol that is occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or is received and loaded in the synchronization signal. Subframe and / or a synchronization control channel subframe data and said fourth reference signal, said fourth reference signal is superimposed on the load signal occupied symbol synchronization;
所述解析模块4602具体包括:The parsing module 4602 specifically includes:
第六解析模块46021,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使 用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;The sixth parsing module 46021 is configured to parse the synchronization signal subframe by using a synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs And/or synchronizing the data in the control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as solutions of the data Tuning the reference signal, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, in a synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, Using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal for data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, using a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel as a demodulation reference signal for data in the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, Denoting the data in a synchronization control channel subframe having a synchronization signal;
第七解析模块46022,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The seventh parsing module 46022 is configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, use the first reference signal in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. As the demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and using the second reference signal in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal As the demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel And using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or using the The fourth reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明实施例中,接收端设备根据第二接收模块4703接收到的指示信令,采用不同的方式对加载的数据进行解调,能更准确的解析出同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving end device demodulates the loaded data in different manners according to the indication signaling received by the second receiving module 4703, and can more accurately parse the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel. The data in the sub-frame.
5、未占用的资源上加载的是蜂窝链路的数据时。5. When the unoccupied resources are loaded with data of the cellular link.
请参阅图47,本发明实施例中接收端设备另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 47, another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为基站,所述接收端设备为蜂窝链路终端时,该发射端设备包括:When the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device is a base station, and the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal, the transmitting end device includes:
第一接收模块4701,用于接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;The first receiving module 4701 is configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control The channel subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
解析模块4702,用于解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;The parsing module 4702 is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
本实施例中,该发射端设备还包括:In this embodiment, the transmitting device further includes:
第三接收模块4703,用于接收所述基站发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝链路终端当前接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧; The third receiving module 4703 is configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the base station, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control. Channel subframe
第三触发模块4704,用于当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,触发所述第一接收模块4701。The third triggering module 4704 is configured to trigger the first receiving module 4701 when the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe.
本发明实施例中,当接收端设备为蜂窝链路终端,发送端设备为基站时,第三接收模块4703先接收发送端设备发送的第二指示信息,当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,第三触发模块4704才触发第一接收模块4701,使得同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源可以用于传输蜂窝链路的数据,拓宽了未被占用的资源的使用范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the receiving end device is a cellular link terminal and the transmitting end device is a base station, the third receiving module 4703 first receives the second indication information sent by the sending end device, and when the second indication information indicates the current receiving When the subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe, the third trigger module 4704 triggers the first receiving module 4701 such that the unseen resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe It can be used to transmit data on cellular links, broadening the range of use of unoccupied resources.
可以理解的是,当接收端设备为蜂窝链路终端时,上述接收D2D链路的数据的接收端设备的各实施例中只要加上第三接收模块4703和第三触发模块4704,都可以应用在蜂窝链路的相应场景中,此处不作赘述。It can be understood that, when the receiving device is a cellular link terminal, the foregoing embodiment of the receiving device that receives the data of the D2D link can be applied only by adding the third receiving module 4703 and the third trigger module 4704. In the corresponding scenario of the cellular link, no further details are provided here.
上面从单元化功能实体的角度对本发明实施例中的接收端设备和发送端设备进行了描述,下面从硬件处理的角度对本发明实施例中的接收端设备和发送端设备进行描述,请参阅图48,本发明实施例中网络设备4800一个结构示意图,其既可以表示接收端设备,也可以表示发送端设,该网络设备一个实施例包括:The receiving end device and the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention are described above from the perspective of the unitized functional entity. The receiving end device and the transmitting end device in the embodiment of the present invention are described below from the perspective of hardware processing. 48. A schematic structural diagram of a network device 4800 in the embodiment of the present invention, which may represent a receiving end device or a sending end device. An embodiment of the network device includes:
输入装置4801、输出装置4802、处理器4803和存储器4804(其中网络设备4800中的处理器4803的数量可以一个或多个,图48中以一个处理器4803为例)。在本发明的一些实施例中,输入装置4801、输出装置4802、处理器4803和存储器4804可通过总线或其它方式连接,其中,图48中以通过总线连接为例。The input device 4801, the output device 4802, the processor 4803, and the memory 4804 (wherein the number of the processors 4803 in the network device 4800 may be one or more, and one processor 4803 in FIG. 48 is taken as an example). In some embodiments of the present invention, the input device 4801, the output device 4802, the processor 4803, and the memory 4804 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
结合图48,对本发明实施例中发送端设备进行描述:The sender device in the embodiment of the present invention is described with reference to FIG. 48:
本发明实施例中发送端设备另一个实施例包括:Another embodiment of the transmitting device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
通过调用所述存储器4804中存储的操作指令,所述处理器4803,用于执行如下操作:The processor 4803 is configured to perform the following operations by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory 4804:
确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;Determining, by the device, a synchronization signal subframe of the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel;
在所述确定模块确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用 的资源上加载数据;Not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module Loading data on the resource;
将所述数据加载模块加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。Transmitting the data loaded by the data loading module to the receiving device.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803还用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号;When the synchronization control channel is not included in the synchronization signal subframe, in the synchronization signal subframe, the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;When the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, in the synchronization control channel subframe, a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel;
当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And loading a third reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803还用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
在所述数据的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道所在的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成该序列的第二部分。Generating a uniquely determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal over the bandwidth of the data, or generating a corresponding reference signal on a bandwidth over which the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is located a first portion of the uniquely determined sequence of the second reference signal or the third reference signal, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803还用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号。And superimposing the fourth reference signal on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803还用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号;Transmitting a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803具体用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,生成数据的带宽上的解调参考序列,将所述数据的带宽上的解调参考序列中与同步信号或控制信道的带宽重叠的部分删除,将所述解调参考序列剩余的部分放在相应的位置上生成所述第五参考信号,或,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中数据的带宽上,与同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽不重叠的位置,生成所述第五参 考信号。Generating, in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data, overlapping a bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the control channel in a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data Partial deletion, placing the remaining portion of the demodulation reference sequence at a corresponding position to generate the fifth reference signal, or, over the bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe Generating the fifth parameter at a position that does not overlap with the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel Test signal.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803还用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;Determining whether the respective synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs, wherein the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group can be approximated as signals from the same station, and the synchronization source includes The transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the discovery group;
当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号;When it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal at the location;
当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号;When it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or The first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe including the synchronization control channel, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. And loading the second reference signal on the symbol different from the synchronous control channel, and in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And loading a third reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803还用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
确定所述发射端设备是否为同步源发射机;Determining whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter;
当确定所述发射端设备不为同步源发射机时,触发所述判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL的操作;When it is determined that the transmitting end device is not a synchronization source transmitter, triggering the determining whether an operation between the respective synchronization sources in the group is a quasi-co-site QCL;
当确定所述发射端设备是同步源发射机时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号,或者在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位 置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When it is determined that the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is located outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal, or superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in a synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel The first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. The second reference signal is loaded on the symbol, and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is synchronized with the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. Different bits The third reference signal is loaded on the set symbol.
本发明的一些实施例中,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为蜂窝链路终端,所述接收端设备为基站时,所述处理器4803还用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device is a cellular link terminal, and the receiving end device is a base station, the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
接收所述基站发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝终端当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;Receiving, by the base station, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
当所述第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,触发所述确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源的操作。When the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, triggering the determining device to the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe of the device D2D The operation of unoccupied resources.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803还用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道中未被占用的资源上进行速率匹配。Rate matching is performed on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
结合图48,对本发明实施例中接收端设备进行描述:The receiving end device in the embodiment of the present invention is described in conjunction with FIG. 48:
本发明实施例中接收端设备另一个实施例包括:Another embodiment of the receiving device in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
通过调用所述存储器4804中存储的操作指令,所述处理器4803,用于执行如下操作:The processor 4803 is configured to perform the following operations by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory 4804:
接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;Receiving, by the transmitting device, data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe is a D2D synchronization control. Channel subframe
解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。Parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803具体用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The synchronization signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is parsed.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803具体用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上;Receiving data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include a synchronization control channel, the first reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel is not occupied by the synchronization signal and Synchronizing signals on different positions of the symbol;
接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用 且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;Receiving data loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal and a second reference signal, wherein the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe and is not occupied by a synchronization control channel And on the symbol different from the synchronous control channel;
接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;Receiving data and a third reference signal loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据;And in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, using the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel;
在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;And in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, using the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal;
在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。Using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, parsing the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel The data in the sync signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803具体用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;Receiving data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fourth reference signal, wherein the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。Using the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803具体用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;Receiving data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or Synchronizing the position of the control channel outside the bandwidth;
在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;In the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, the third reference signal and the synchronization signal are used as demodulation reference signals of the data, and the synchronization signal including the synchronization signal is parsed The data in the frame or synchronization control channel subframe;
在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包 括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。In a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, the third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as the synchronization control channel. Demodulation reference signal of data within the bandwidth, parsing out the packet The data in the synchronization control channel subframe of the synchronization signal is included.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803还用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
接收所述发射端设备发送的指示信令,所述指示信令用于指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;And receiving the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether each synchronization source in the group is a QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate that multiple sending end devices in the discovery group send The signal is approximately a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
所述处理器4803具体用于执行如下操作:The processor 4803 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, receiving data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or receiving the synchronization signal subframe and And synchronizing data in the control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe on;
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上,接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;Receiving, when the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, the first reference signal Loading data and a second reference loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal on a symbol of the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and different from the synchronization signal And the second reference signal is recorded on a symbol of the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel, and receives the synchronization signal subframe that is included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. Or synchronizing data on the control channel subframe and the third reference signal, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and The synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are at different positions of the symbol, or the reception is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel. Data in the subframe and a fourth reference signal, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数 据,在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, the synchronization signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are parsed out. In the data, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as demodulation reference signals of the data, parsing the a number in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal According to the demodulation reference signal of the data out of the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as the synchronization reference signal in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal. Demodulating a reference signal of data within a bandwidth of the control channel, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal;
当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel, the first reference signal is used as a demodulation reference of the data. Signaling, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and using the second reference signal as a demodulation reference of the data in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal Transmitting, by the signal, the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel As the demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or using the fourth reference signal as the The demodulation reference signal of the data parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
本发明的一些实施例中,所述处理器4803还用于执行如下操作:In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 4803 is further configured to perform the following operations:
接收所述基站发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝链路终端当前接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;Receiving, by the base station, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,触发所述接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据的操作。When the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe, triggering the loading of the receiving transmitter device to be transmitted in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel The operation of the data in the frame.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接, 可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit. It can be electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。 The above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the embodiments are modified, or the equivalents of the technical features are replaced by the equivalents of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention.

Claims (60)

  1. 一种信号发送方法,其特征在于,包括:A signal sending method, comprising:
    发射端设备确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;The transmitting end device determines a synchronization signal sub-frame of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel sub-frame, where the synchronization signal sub-frame includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel sub-frame includes synchronization control channel;
    所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;Transmitting, by the transmitting device, data on an unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe;
    所述发射端设备将加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。The transmitting device sends the loaded data to the receiving device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the step of loading the data by the transmitting device on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe further comprises:
    当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号;When the synchronization control channel is not included in the synchronization signal subframe, the transmitting end device loads the first reference signal in the synchronization signal subframe, which is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal. ;
    当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,所述发射端设备在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;When the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, the transmitting end device loads the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe. Two reference signals;
    当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the transmitting end device is not synchronized in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe. And the synchronization control channel is occupied, and the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号分别由唯一确定的序列生成,并且其对应的序列生成方法包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first reference signal, the second reference signal or the third reference signal are respectively generated by a uniquely determined sequence, and the corresponding sequence generating method comprises:
    在所述数据的带宽上生成,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道所在的带宽上生成序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成序列的第二部分。Generating on the bandwidth of the data, or generating a first portion of the sequence over the bandwidth over which the synchronization signal or synchronization control channel is located, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括: The method according to claim 1, wherein the step of loading the data by the transmitting device on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe further comprises:
    所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号。The transmitting end device superimposes and loads the fourth reference signal on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the step of loading the data by the transmitting device on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe further comprises:
    所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号。And transmitting, by the transmitting end device, a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号具体包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the transmitting end device is in a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, Loading the fifth reference signal specifically includes:
    所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,生成数据的带宽上的解调参考序列,将所述数据的带宽上的解调参考序列中与同步信号或控制信道的带宽重叠的部分删除,将所述解调参考序列剩余的部分放在相应的位置上生成所述第五参考信号;Transmitting, by the transmitting device, a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, and demodulating the reference sequence in the bandwidth of the data with a synchronization signal or Partial deletion of bandwidth overlap of the control channel, placing the remaining portion of the demodulation reference sequence at a corresponding position to generate the fifth reference signal;
    或,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中数据的带宽上,与同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽不重叠的位置,生成所述第五参考信号。Or, the transmitting end device generates the fifth reference signal at a position that does not overlap the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel on the bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the step of loading the data by the transmitting device on the unoccupied resource in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the control channel subframe further comprises:
    所述发射端设备判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The transmitting end device determines whether a quasi-co-located QCL is found between the respective synchronization sources in the group, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group can be approximated as signals from the same station. The synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
    当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号;When it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal at the location;
    当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步 信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or The synchronization signal sub-frame including the synchronization control channel is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is synchronized with the synchronization signal Loading a first reference signal on a symbol at a different position of the signal, and loading a second reference signal on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and that is different from the synchronous control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, The third reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal sub-frame or the synchronization control channel sub-frame including the synchronization control channel, which is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. .
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射端设备判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL的步骤之前还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the step of the transmitting end device determining whether the respective synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs before the step further comprises:
    确定所述发射端设备是否为同步源发射机;Determining whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter;
    当确定所述发射端设备不为同步源发射机时,触发所述发射端设备判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL的步骤;When it is determined that the transmitting end device is not a synchronous source transmitter, triggering, by the transmitting end device, a step of determining whether the respective synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs;
    当确定所述发射端设备是同步源发射机时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号,或者在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When it is determined that the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is located outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal, or superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in a synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel The first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. The second reference signal is loaded on the symbol, and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is synchronized with the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. The third reference signal is loaded on the symbols of different positions.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述数据为D2D链路的数据,或蜂窝链路的数据。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the data is data of a D2D link or data of a cellular link.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为蜂窝链路终端,所述接收端设备为基站时,所述发射端设备确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源的步骤之前还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device is a cellular link terminal, and the receiving end device is a base station, The step of the transmitting end device determining the synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or the unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe further includes:
    所述蜂窝终端接收所述基站发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝终端当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧; Receiving, by the cellular terminal, first indication information that is sent by the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
    当所述第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,触发所述发射端设备确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源的步骤。When the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, triggering, by the transmitting end device, determining a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel of the device to the device D2D. The step of unoccupied resources in a subframe.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据的步骤之前还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the transmitting end device loads data on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe Previously included:
    所述发射端设备在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道中未被占用的资源上进行速率匹配。The transmitting device performs rate matching on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述未被占用的资源包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the unoccupied resources comprise:
    未被所述同步信号和/或同步控制信道占用的子帧、符号或带宽。Subframes, symbols, or bandwidth that are not occupied by the synchronization signal and/or the synchronization control channel.
  13. 根据权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述数据的带宽大于所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,所述数据的带宽不跨越所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽;当所述数据的带宽小于同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽时,所述数据的带宽在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽之内。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein when the bandwidth of the data is greater than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the bandwidth of the data does not span the synchronization signal or Synchronizing the bandwidth of the control channel; when the bandwidth of the data is less than the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, the bandwidth of the data is within the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  14. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述同步信号包括主同步信号和从同步信号,每个同步信号子帧包括前后两个时隙,在扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧中每个时隙包括0到5这六个符号,在正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧中每个时隙包括0到6这七个符号;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the synchronization signal comprises a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal, each synchronization signal subframe comprising two slots before and after, in an extended cyclic prefix CP Each time slot in the synchronization signal subframe includes six symbols of 0 to 5, and each time slot includes seven symbols of 0 to 6 in the synchronization signal subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP;
    所述同步信号在所述同步信号子帧中占用的符号的位置包括:The location of the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe includes:
    所述主同步信号和从同步信号在所述前后两个时隙中的间隔相同;The primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal have the same interval in the two slots before and after;
    当所述同步信号子帧为扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号1和符号2;When the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 1 and symbol 2 in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe ;
    或者,当所述同步信号子帧为扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号1和符号3;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbols 1 and 2 in the two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 3;
    或者,当所述同步信号子帧为扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述 主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的所述前一个时隙中的符号0和符号1,并且占用所述后一个时隙中的符号3和符号4;Or when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP, The primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 0 and symbol 1 in the previous time slot of the synchronization signal subframe, and occupy symbols 3 and 4 in the subsequent time slot;
    或者,当所述同步信号子帧为正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号2和符号3;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 2 and in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 3;
    或者,当所述同步信号子帧为正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的前后两个时隙中的符号2和符号4;Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy symbol 2 and in two slots before and after the synchronization signal subframe. Symbol 4;
    或者,当所述同步信号子帧为正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧时,所述主同步信号和所述从同步信号占用所述同步信号子帧的所述前一个时隙中的符号0和符号1,并且占用所述后一个时隙中的符号4和符号5。Or, when the synchronization signal subframe is a synchronization signal subframe of a normal cyclic prefix CP, the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal occupy a symbol 0 in the previous time slot of the synchronization signal subframe. And symbol 1, and occupy symbol 4 and symbol 5 in the latter slot.
  15. 根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于每个同步信号子帧包括前后两个时隙,在扩展循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧中每个时隙包括0到5这六个符号,在正常循环前缀CP的同步信号子帧中每个时隙包括0到6这七个符号;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, characterized in that each synchronization signal subframe comprises two slots before and after, and each slot in the synchronization signal subframe of the extended cyclic prefix CP comprises 0 to 5 These six symbols include seven symbols of 0 to 6 in each slot in the synchronization signal subframe of the normal cyclic prefix CP;
    所述同步控制信道在所述同步信号子帧中,占用与所述同步信号位置不同的3个或4个符号。The synchronous control channel occupies three or four symbols different from the position of the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe.
  16. 根据权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述同步控制信道包括:第一同步控制信道和第二同步控制信道,所述第一同步控制信道由第一发射端设备加载,所述第二同步控制信道由第二发射端设备加载。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the synchronous control channel comprises: a first synchronous control channel and a second synchronous control channel, wherein the first synchronous control channel is provided by the first transmitting end The device is loaded, and the second synchronous control channel is loaded by the second transmitting device.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 16 wherein:
    所述第一同步控制信道与所述第二同步控制信道占用不同的同步信号子帧;The first synchronization control channel and the second synchronization control channel occupy different synchronization signal subframes;
    或者,所述第一同步控制信道与所述第二同步控制信道占用同一个同步信号子帧中不同的符号。Alternatively, the first synchronization control channel and the second synchronization control channel occupy different symbols in the same synchronization signal subframe.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述同步控制信道占用的位置与预定义的参数相关联;The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the location occupied by the synchronization control channel is associated with a predefined parameter;
    当所述预定义的参数为同步源跳数时,所述第一发射端设备与所述第二发射端设备当前所处的同步源跳数不同; When the predefined parameter is the synchronization source hop count, the first source device and the second transmitter device are currently at different synchronization source hops;
    当所述预定义的参数为同步源标识时,所述第一发射端设备与所述第二发射端设备使用的同步源标识不同。When the predefined parameter is a synchronization source identifier, the first source device and the second source device use different synchronization source identifiers.
  19. 一种信号接收方法,其特征在于,包括:A signal receiving method, comprising:
    接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;The receiving end device receives data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe is D2D. Synchronous control channel subframe;
    所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The receiving end device parses the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据具体包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the parsing of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe by the receiving device includes:
    所述接收端将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The receiving end uses the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据具体包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the receiving end device receiving the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame comprises:
    所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上;The receiving end device receives data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, and the first reference signal is not loaded in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. a symbol on which the sync signal occupies and is different from the sync signal;
    所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;Receiving, by the receiving end device, data and a second reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel. On a symbol that is different from the synchronous control channel;
    所述接收端设备接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;Receiving, by the receiving end device, data and a third reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or a symbol in a synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
    所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据具体包括:The determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
    在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,所述接收端使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信 号子帧中的所述数据;In the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, the receiving end parses the synchronization signal that does not include the synchronization control channel by using the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data. The data in the number sub-frame;
    在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;In a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, the receiving end uses the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. The data;
    在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,所述接收端使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。And on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the receiving end uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal and Synchronizing the synchronization signal sub-frame of the control channel or the data in the synchronization control channel sub-frame.
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据具体包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the receiving end device receiving the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame comprises:
    所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;Receiving, by the receiving end device, the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fourth reference signal, where the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
    所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据具体包括:The determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
    所述接收端使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The receiving end uses the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  23. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据具体包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the receiving end device receiving the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame comprises:
    所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;Receiving, by the receiving device, data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, where the fifth reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel a position in the frame outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel;
    所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据具体包括:The determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
    在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;In the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as demodulation reference signals of the data, and parses out that the synchronization is included a synchronization signal sub-frame of a signal or the data in a synchronization control channel sub-frame;
    在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第 三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。In the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, the receiving device uses the The third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as a demodulation reference signal for data in the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the analysis does not include The synchronization of the synchronization signal controls the data in the channel subframe.
  24. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据之前还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the receiving end device further comprises: before receiving the data sent by the transmitting end device and being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe:
    所述接收端设备接收所述发射端设备发送的指示信令,所述指示信令用于指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The receiving end device receives the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether the synchronization sources in the group are QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate multiple The signal sent by the transmitting device is approximately a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
    所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据具体包括:The receiving end device receiving the data that is sent by the transmitting end device and loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control channel sub-frame includes:
    当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,或者,所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, the receiving end device receives data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or the receiving The end device receives the data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fifth reference signal, and the fifth reference signal is loaded and synchronized in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe. a position outside the bandwidth of the signal or synchronization control channel;
    当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上,所述接收端设备接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,所述接收端设备接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,或者,所述接收端设备接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上; When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, the receiving end device receives data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. The first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and the receiving end device receives the synchronization control that does not include the synchronization signal. Data on the channel subframe and the second reference signal, the second reference signal being recorded on a symbol in the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronization control channel, the receiving device Receiving data and a third reference signal loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or The receiving side apparatus receives the synchronous load signal subframe and / or a synchronization control channel data and the fourth reference signals in the subframe, and the fourth reference signal is superimposed on the load signal occupied symbol synchronization;
    所述接收端设备解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据具体包括:The determining, by the receiving device, the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe includes:
    当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,所述接收端将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCL, the receiving end parses the synchronization signal subframe and/or synchronization by using a synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data. Controlling the data in the channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as the data Demodulating the reference signal, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, and in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, the receiving device uses The third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as a demodulation reference signal for data in the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the Not including the data in the synchronization control channel subframe with the synchronization signal;
    当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,所述接收端设备使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,所述接收端设备使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,所述接收端设备使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel, the receiving end device uses the first reference signal as the a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel, and in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, the receiving end device uses the second a reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel On the frame, the receiving end device uses the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. Data, or the receiving end device uses the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or synchronizing the data in the control channel subframe.
  25. 根据权利要求19至24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述数据为D2D数据,或蜂窝数据。The method according to any one of claims 19 to 24, wherein the data is D2D data, or cellular data.
  26. 根据权利要求19至25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为基站,所述接收端设备为蜂窝链路终端时,所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据的步骤之前还包括: The method according to any one of claims 19 to 25, wherein when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting device is a base station, and the receiving device is a cellular link terminal, Before the step of receiving, by the receiving device, the data sent by the transmitting device and loading the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the method further includes:
    所述蜂窝链路终端接收所述基站发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝链路终端当前接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;And the second indication information is used to indicate whether the subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel. frame;
    当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,触发所述接收端设备接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据的步骤。When the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe, triggering, by the receiving end device, the loading of the synchronization signal subframe and/or synchronization sent by the transmitting device The step of controlling the data in the channel subframe.
  27. 一种发射端设备,其特征在于,包括:A transmitting end device, comprising:
    确定模块,用于确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;a determining module, configured to determine a synchronization signal subframe of the device to the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, where the synchronization control channel subframe includes Synchronous control channel;
    数据加载模块,用于在所述确定模块确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;a data loading module, configured to load data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module;
    发送模块,用于将所述数据加载模块加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。And a sending module, configured to send the data loaded by the data loading module to the receiving end device.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,所述发射设备还包括:The transmitting device according to claim 27, wherein the transmitting device further comprises:
    第一参考加载模块,用于当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧中,未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号;a first reference loading module, configured to: when the synchronization signal sub-frame does not include a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal sub-frame, the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal is loaded on the symbol a reference signal;
    第二参考加载模块,用于当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;a second reference loading module, configured to: when the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe Loading a second reference signal;
    第三参考加载模块,用于当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。a third reference loading module, configured to: when the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, The third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,所述发射端设备中还包括:The transmitting device according to claim 28, wherein the transmitting device further comprises:
    序列生成模块,用于在所述数据的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道 所在的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成该序列的第二部分。a sequence generating module, configured to generate, on a bandwidth of the data, a unique determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal, or in a synchronization signal or a synchronization control channel A first portion of the uniquely determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal is generated over the bandwidth and a second portion of the sequence is generated over the remaining bandwidth.
  30. 根据权利要求27所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,所述发射端设备还包括:The transmitting device according to claim 27, wherein the transmitting device further comprises:
    第四参考加载模块,用于在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号。And a fourth reference loading module, configured to superimpose and load the fourth reference signal on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  31. 根据权利要求27所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,所述发射端设备还包括:The transmitting device according to claim 27, wherein the transmitting device further comprises:
    第五参考加载模块,用于在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号。And a fifth reference loading module, configured to load a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,所述第五参考加载模块具体用于,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,生成数据的带宽上的解调参考序列,将所述数据的带宽上的解调参考序列中与同步信号或控制信道的带宽重叠的部分删除,将所述解调参考序列剩余的部分放在相应的位置上生成所述第五参考信号,或,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中数据的带宽上,与同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽不重叠的位置,生成所述第五参考信号。The transmitting end device according to claim 31, wherein the fifth reference loading module is specifically configured to: generate a solution on a bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe Adjusting a reference sequence, deleting a portion of the demodulation reference sequence over the bandwidth of the data that overlaps the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the control channel, and placing the remaining portion of the demodulation reference sequence at a corresponding position to generate the The fifth reference signal, or the location of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, does not overlap with the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel, and generates the fifth reference signal.
  33. 根据权利要求27所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,所述发射端设备还包括:The transmitting device according to claim 27, wherein the transmitting device further comprises:
    准工站判断模块,用于判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;The quasi-work station judging module is configured to determine whether the synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs, and the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitter devices in the discovery group are approximated from the same site. Signal, the synchronization source includes a transmitting end device and a receiving end device in the discovery group;
    第六参考加载模块,用于当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号;a sixth reference loading module, configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, do not load the demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal Or loading a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronous control channel;
    第七参考加载模块,用于当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括 同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。a seventh reference loading module, configured to: when determining that the synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, superimposing and loading on the symbols occupied by the synchronization signals in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe a fourth reference signal, or a first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in a synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel, not including a synchronization control channel subframe of the synchronization signal that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is loaded with a second reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization control channel, in a synchronization signal subframe or synchronization including both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel In the control channel subframe, the third reference signal is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,所述发射端设备还包括:The transmitting device according to claim 33, wherein the transmitting device further comprises:
    同步源确定模块,用于确定所述发射端设备是否为同步源发射机;a synchronization source determining module, configured to determine whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter;
    第一触发模块,用于当确定所述发射端设备不为同步源发射机时,触发所述准工站判断模块;a first triggering module, configured to trigger the quasi-work station determining module when determining that the transmitting end device is not a synchronous source transmitter;
    第八参考加载模块,用于当确定所述发射端设备是同步源发射机时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号,或者在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。An eighth reference loading module, configured to: when the transmitting end device is determined to be a synchronous source transmitter, not to load a demodulation reference signal on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal or synchronization Loading a fifth reference signal at a position outside the bandwidth of the control channel, or superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or not including synchronization The first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal sub-frame of the control channel that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal and The second reference signal is loaded on the symbols of the different positions of the synchronous control channel, and is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. The synchronization signal and the symbol of different positions of the synchronization control channel are loaded with a third reference signal.
  35. 根据权利要求27至34中任一项所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为蜂窝链路终端,所述接收端设备为基站时,所述发射端设备还包括:The transmitting end device according to any one of claims 27 to 34, wherein when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device is a cellular link terminal, and the receiving end device is a base station The transmitting device further includes:
    接收模块,用于接收所述基站发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝终端当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;a receiving module, configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
    第二触发模块,用于当所述第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,触发所述确定模块;a second triggering module, configured to trigger the determining module when the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
  36. 根据权利要求27至35中任一项所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,所述发射端设备还包括: The transmitting device according to any one of claims 27 to 35, wherein the transmitting device further comprises:
    速率匹配模块,用于在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道中未被占用的资源上进行速率匹配。And a rate matching module, configured to perform rate matching on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  37. 一种接收端设备,其特征在于,包括:A receiving end device, comprising:
    第一接收模块,用于接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;a first receiving module, configured to receive data that is sent by the transmitting end device and is loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel The subframe is a synchronous control channel subframe of D2D;
    解析模块,用于解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。And a parsing module, configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,所述解析模块具体用于,将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The receiving end device according to claim 37, wherein the parsing module is configured to parse the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel by using a synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data. The data in the sub-frame.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,A receiving device according to claim 37, characterized in that
    所述第一接收模块具体包括:The first receiving module specifically includes:
    第一接收单元,用于接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上;a first receiving unit, configured to receive data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, where the first reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
    第二接收单元,用于接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;a second receiving unit, configured to receive data and a second reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, where the second reference signal is recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe and is not synchronized with the control channel A symbol that occupies and is different from the synchronous control channel;
    第三接收单元,用于接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;a third receiving unit, configured to receive data and a third reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe that includes a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, where the third reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal a symbol in a frame or a synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
    所述解析模块具体包括:The parsing module specifically includes:
    第一解析单元,用于在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据;a first parsing unit, configured to use the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization signal subframe that does not include a synchronization control channel, and parse the synchronization signal that does not include a synchronization control channel The data in the frame;
    第二解析单元,用于在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同 步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;a second parsing unit, configured to use the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, and parse the same that does not include the synchronization signal Stepping the data in the control channel subframe;
    第三解析单元,用于在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。a third parsing unit, configured to parse the inclusion by using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel The synchronization signal and the synchronization signal sub-frame of the synchronization control channel or the data in the synchronization control channel subframe.
  40. 根据权利要求37所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,A receiving device according to claim 37, characterized in that
    所述第一接收模块具体用于,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;The first receiving module is configured to receive data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fourth reference signal, where the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
    所述解析模块具体用于,使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The parsing module is configured to parse the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe by using the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data.
  41. 根据权利要求37所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,A receiving device according to claim 37, characterized in that
    所述第一接收模块具体用于,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;The first receiving module is specifically configured to receive data and a fifth reference signal that are loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, where the fifth reference signal is loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or Or at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe;
    所述解析模块具体包括:The parsing module specifically includes:
    第四解析单元,用于在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;a fourth parsing unit, configured to use the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data in a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal, and parse the inclusion a synchronization signal sub-frame having a synchronization signal or the data in a synchronization control channel subframe;
    第五解析单元,用于在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。a fifth parsing unit, configured to use the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, and use a solution dedicated to the synchronization control channel The tone reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal for data within the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and the data in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal is parsed.
  42. 根据权利要求37所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,所述接收端设备还包括:The receiving device according to claim 37, wherein the receiving device further comprises:
    第二接收模块,用于接收所述发射端设备发送的指示信令,所述指示信令用于指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备; a second receiving module, configured to receive the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether each synchronization source in the group is a QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate the discovery group The signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices are approximately signals from the same station, and the synchronization source includes the transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the discovery group;
    所述第一接收模块具体包括:The first receiving module specifically includes:
    第四接收单元,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;a fourth receiving unit, configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, receive data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or receive Loading data in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe in synchronization signal or synchronization Position outside the bandwidth of the control channel;
    第五接收单元,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上,接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;a fifth receiving unit, configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, receive data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel. And the first reference signal is loaded on the symbol of the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, which is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is received by the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. The upper data and the second reference signal are recorded in a symbol of the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel, and the reception is loaded with the synchronization signal and the synchronization a synchronization signal sub-frame of the control channel or data on the synchronization control channel sub-frame and a third reference signal, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame or the synchronization control channel sub-frame without the synchronization signal and Synchronizing the control channel to occupy a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or receiving the synchronization signal And / or a synchronization control channel and a data subframe fourth reference signal, said fourth reference signal is superimposed on the load signal occupied symbol synchronization;
    所述解析模块具体包括:The parsing module specifically includes:
    第六解析模块,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;a sixth parsing module, configured to parse the synchronization signal subframe and the synchronization signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs And/or synchronizing the data in the control channel subframe, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as demodulation of the data a reference signal, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, and using the third reference signal as a synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, using a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel as a demodulation reference signal of data in a bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and parsing the synchronization not including the synchronization signal Controlling the data in a channel subframe;
    第七解析模块,用于当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不 为QCL时,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。a seventh parsing module, configured to: when the indication signaling indicates that the synchronization sources in the discovery group are not between In the case of QCL, in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, the first reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel is parsed The data, in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, uses the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and parses out the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. And using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, and parsing the synchronization signal and Synchronizing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe of the control channel, or using the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the synchronization signal subframe and/or Synchronizing the data in the control channel subframe.
  43. 根据权利要求37至42中任一项所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为基站,所述接收端设备为蜂窝链路终端时,所述接收端设备还包括:The receiving device according to any one of claims 37 to 42, wherein when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting device is a base station, and the receiving device is a cellular link terminal The receiving device further includes:
    第三接收模块,用于接收所述基站发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝链路终端当前接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;a third receiving module, configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the base station, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel Subframe
    第三触发模块,用于当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,触发所述第一接收模块。The third triggering module is configured to trigger the first receiving module when the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe.
  44. 一种发送端设备,其特征在于,包括:A sender device, comprising:
    输入装置,输出装置,处理器和存储器;Input device, output device, processor and memory;
    通过调用所述存储器中存储的操作指令,所述处理器,用于执行如下操作:The processor is configured to perform the following operations by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory:
    确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源,所述同步信号子帧中包括同步信号,所述同步控制信道子帧中包括同步控制信道;Determining, by the device, a synchronization signal subframe of the device D2D and/or an unoccupied resource in the synchronization control channel subframe, where the synchronization signal subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization control channel subframe includes a synchronization control channel;
    在所述确定模块确定的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源上加载数据;Loading data on the unoccupied resources in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe determined by the determining module;
    将所述数据加载模块加载的所述数据发送到接收端设备。Transmitting the data loaded by the data loading module to the receiving device.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的发送端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:The sender device according to claim 44, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    当所述同步信号子帧中不包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧中, 未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号;When the synchronization control channel is not included in the synchronization signal subframe, in the synchronization signal subframe, Loading a first reference signal on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
    当所述同步控制信道子帧中不包括同步信号时,在所述同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号;When the synchronization control channel subframe does not include a synchronization signal, in the synchronization control channel subframe, a second reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel;
    当所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中既包括同步信号,也包括同步控制信道时,在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用,且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe includes both the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And loading a third reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的发送端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:The sender device according to claim 45, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    在所述数据的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列,或,在同步信号或同步控制信道所在的带宽上生成对应于第一参考信号、第二参考信号或第三参考信号的唯一确定的序列的第一部分,并且在剩下的带宽上生成该序列的第二部分。Generating a uniquely determined sequence corresponding to the first reference signal, the second reference signal, or the third reference signal over the bandwidth of the data, or generating a corresponding reference signal on a bandwidth over which the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel is located a first portion of the uniquely determined sequence of the second reference signal or the third reference signal, and generating a second portion of the sequence over the remaining bandwidth.
  47. 根据权利要求44所述的发送端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:The sender device according to claim 44, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上,叠加加载第四参考信号。And superimposing the fourth reference signal on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  48. 根据权利要求44所述的发送端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:The sender device according to claim 44, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上,加载第五参考信号。In the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the fifth reference signal is loaded at a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的发送端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:The sender device according to claim 48, wherein the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
    在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中,生成数据的带宽上的解调参考序列,将所述数据的带宽上的解调参考序列中与同步信号或控制信道的带宽重叠的部分删除,将所述解调参考序列剩余的部分放在相应的位置上生成所述第五参考信号,或,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中数据的带宽上,与同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽不重叠的位置,生成所述第五参 考信号。Generating, in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data, overlapping a bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the control channel in a demodulation reference sequence on a bandwidth of the data Partial deletion, placing the remaining portion of the demodulation reference sequence at a corresponding position to generate the fifth reference signal, or, over the bandwidth of the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe Generating the fifth parameter at a position that does not overlap with the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel Test signal.
  50. 根据权利要求44所述的发送端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:The sender device according to claim 44, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号可近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;Determining whether the respective synchronization sources in the group are quasi-co-located QCLs, wherein the QCL is used to indicate that the signals sent by the multiple transmitting end devices in the discovery group can be approximated as signals from the same station, and the synchronization source includes The transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the discovery group;
    当确定所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号;When it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal at the location;
    当确定所述发射组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When it is determined that the respective synchronization sources in the transmission group are not QCL, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or The first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe including the synchronization control channel, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. And loading the second reference signal on the symbol different from the synchronous control channel, and in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are occupied. And loading a third reference signal on a symbol different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的发送端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:The sender device according to claim 50, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    确定所述发射端设备是否为同步源发射机;Determining whether the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter;
    当确定所述发射端设备不为同步源发射机时,触发所述判断发现组内各个同步源之间是否为准共站QCL的操作;When it is determined that the transmitting end device is not a synchronization source transmitter, triggering the determining whether an operation between the respective synchronization sources in the group is a quasi-co-site QCL;
    当确定所述发射端设备是同步源发射机时,不在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上加载解调参考信号,或者在所述同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上加载第五参考信号,或者在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号占用的符号上叠加加载第四参考信号,或者,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与所述同步信号不同位置的符号上加载第一参考信号,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与所述同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第二参考信号,在 既包括同步信号也包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,未被同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上加载第三参考信号。When it is determined that the transmitting end device is a synchronous source transmitter, the demodulation reference signal is not loaded on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe, or is located outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel. Loading a fifth reference signal, or superimposing a fourth reference signal on a symbol occupied by the synchronization signal in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or in a synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel The first reference signal is loaded on a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal, and is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronous control channel in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal. Loading the second reference signal on the symbol, at In the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, the third reference is loaded on the symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. signal.
  52. 根据权利要求44至51中任一项所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,当所述数据为蜂窝链路数据,所述发射端设备为蜂窝链路终端,所述接收端设备为基站时,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:The transmitting end device according to any one of claims 44 to 51, wherein when the data is cellular link data, the transmitting end device is a cellular link terminal, and the receiving end device is a base station The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    接收所述基站发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝终端当前发射的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;Receiving, by the base station, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently transmitted by the cellular terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
    当所述第一指示信息指示当前发射的子帧为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧时,触发所述确定设备到设备D2D的同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中未被占用的资源的操作。When the first indication information indicates that the currently transmitted subframe is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe, triggering the determining device to the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe of the device D2D The operation of unoccupied resources.
  53. 根据权利要求44至52中任一项所述的发射端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:The transmitting device according to any one of claims 44 to 52, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道中未被占用的资源上进行速率匹配。Rate matching is performed on resources that are not occupied in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel.
  54. 一种接收端设备,其特征在于,包括:A receiving end device, comprising:
    输入装置,输出装置,处理器和存储器;Input device, output device, processor and memory;
    通过调用所述存储器中存储的操作指令,所述处理器用于执行如下操作:The processor is configured to perform the following operations by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory:
    接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,所述同步信号子帧为D2D的同步信号子帧,所述同步控制信道子帧为D2D的同步控制信道子帧;Receiving, by the transmitting device, data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, the synchronization signal subframe is a D2D synchronization signal subframe, and the synchronization control channel subframe is a D2D synchronization control. Channel subframe
    解析所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。Parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:The receiving end device according to claim 54, wherein the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
    将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。The synchronization signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe is parsed.
  56. 根据权利要求54所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:The receiving end device according to claim 54, wherein the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
    接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信 号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上;Receiving data and a first reference signal loaded on a synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include a synchronous control channel No. the first reference signal is loaded on a symbol of the synchronization signal sub-frame that does not include the synchronization control channel that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and is different from the synchronization signal;
    接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;Receiving data loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal and the second reference signal, the second reference signal being recorded in the synchronization control channel subframe not occupied by the synchronization control channel and different from the synchronous control channel The symbol of the position;
    接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上;Receiving data and a third reference signal loaded on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe a symbol that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel;
    在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据;And in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, using the first reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel;
    在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;And in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, using the second reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal;
    在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。Using the third reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data on the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, parsing the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel The data in the sync signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  57. 根据权利要求54所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:The receiving end device according to claim 54, wherein the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
    接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;Receiving data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe and the fourth reference signal, wherein the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
    使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。Using the fourth reference signal as a demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  58. 根据权利要求54所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:The receiving end device according to claim 54, wherein the processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
    接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上; Receiving data loaded in a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or Synchronizing the position of the control channel outside the bandwidth;
    在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;In the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, the third reference signal and the synchronization signal are used as demodulation reference signals of the data, and the synchronization signal including the synchronization signal is parsed The data in the frame or synchronization control channel subframe;
    在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。In a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal, the third reference signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of data outside the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel is used as the synchronization control channel. The demodulation reference signal of the data within the bandwidth resolves the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal.
  59. 根据权利要求54所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:The receiving device according to claim 54, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    接收所述发射端设备发送的指示信令,所述指示信令用于指示发现组内各个同步源之间是否为QCL,所述QCL用于表示所述发现组内多个发射端设备发送的信号近似为来自于同一站点的信号,所述同步源包括所述发现组内的发射端设备和接收端设备;And receiving the indication signaling sent by the sending end device, where the indication signaling is used to indicate whether each synchronization source in the group is a QCL, and the QCL is used to indicate that multiple sending end devices in the discovery group send The signal is approximately a signal from the same site, and the synchronization source includes a transmitting device and a receiving device in the discovery group;
    所述处理器具体用于执行如下操作:The processor is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
    当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据和第五参考信号,所述第五参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中同步信号或同步控制信道的带宽外的位置上;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, receiving data loaded in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe, or receiving the synchronization signal subframe and And synchronizing data in the control channel subframe and a fifth reference signal, the fifth reference signal being loaded in a position outside the bandwidth of the synchronization signal or the synchronization control channel in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe on;
    当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,接收加载在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧上的数据和第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号加载在所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中未被同步信号占用且与同步信号不同位置的符号上,接收加载在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号记载在所述同步控制信道子帧中未被同步控制信道占用且与同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,接收加载在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上的数据和第三参考信号,所述第三参考信号加载在所述同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中未被所述同步信号和同步控制信道占用且与所述同步信号和同步控制信道不同位置的符号上,或者,接收加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信 道子帧中的数据和第四参考信号,所述第四参考信号叠加加载在同步信号占用的符号上;Receiving, when the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, data and a first reference signal that are loaded on a synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, the first reference signal Loading data and a second reference loaded on a synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal on a symbol of the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel that is not occupied by the synchronization signal and different from the synchronization signal And the second reference signal is recorded on a symbol of the synchronization control channel subframe that is not occupied by the synchronization control channel and is different from the synchronization control channel, and receives the synchronization signal subframe that is included in the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel. Or synchronizing data on the control channel subframe and the third reference signal, the third reference signal being loaded in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe is not occupied by the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel and The synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel are at different positions of the symbol, or the reception is loaded in the synchronization signal sub-frame and/or the synchronization control signal Data in the sub-frame and a fourth reference signal, the fourth reference signal is superimposed and loaded on the symbol occupied by the synchronization signal;
    当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间为QCL时,将同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,在包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号和同步信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括有同步信号的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第三参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽外的数据的解调参考信号,使用同步控制信道专用的解调参考信号作为同步控制信道的带宽内的数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括有同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据;When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are QCLs, the synchronization signal is used as a demodulation reference signal of the data, and the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe are parsed out. In the data, or in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal and the synchronization signal as demodulation reference signals of the data, parsing the The data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal, in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal as the bandwidth of the synchronization control channel Demodulation reference signal of data, using a demodulation reference signal dedicated to the synchronization control channel as a demodulation reference signal of data in a bandwidth of the synchronization control channel, and parsing out the subframe in the synchronization control channel subframe not including the synchronization signal Data
    当所述指示信令指示所述发现组内各个同步源之间不为QCL时,在不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中,使用所述第一参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步控制信道的同步信号子帧中的所述数据,在不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中,使用所述第二参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述不包括同步信号的同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,在包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧上,使用所述第三参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述包括同步信号和同步控制信道的同步信号子帧或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据,或者,使用所述第四参考信号作为所述数据的解调参考信号,解析出所述同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的所述数据。When the indication signaling indicates that the respective synchronization sources in the discovery group are not QCL, in the synchronization signal subframe not including the synchronization control channel, the first reference signal is used as a demodulation reference of the data. Signaling, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe that does not include the synchronization control channel, and using the second reference signal as a demodulation reference of the data in a synchronization control channel subframe that does not include a synchronization signal Transmitting, by the signal, the data in the synchronization control channel subframe that does not include the synchronization signal, using the third reference signal on a synchronization signal subframe or a synchronization control channel subframe including a synchronization signal and a synchronization control channel As the demodulation reference signal of the data, parsing the data in the synchronization signal subframe or the synchronization control channel subframe including the synchronization signal and the synchronization control channel, or using the fourth reference signal as the The demodulation reference signal of the data parses out the data in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel subframe.
  60. 根据权利要求54至59中任一项所述的接收端设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于执行如下操作:The receiving device according to any one of claims 54 to 59, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    接收所述基站发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述蜂窝链路终端当前接收的子帧是否为同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧;Receiving, by the base station, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a subframe currently received by the cellular link terminal is a synchronization signal subframe and/or a synchronization control channel subframe;
    当所述第二指示信息指示当前接收的子帧为同步信号和/或同步控制信道子帧子帧时,触发所述接收发射端设备发送的加载在同步信号子帧和/或同步控制信道子帧中的数据的操作。 When the second indication information indicates that the currently received subframe is a synchronization signal and/or a synchronization control channel subframe subframe, triggering the loading of the receiving transmitter device to be transmitted in the synchronization signal subframe and/or the synchronization control channel The operation of the data in the frame.
PCT/CN2014/087407 2014-09-25 2014-09-25 Signal sending method, signal receiving method and relevant device therefor WO2016045037A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/087407 WO2016045037A1 (en) 2014-09-25 2014-09-25 Signal sending method, signal receiving method and relevant device therefor
CN201480013811.3A CN106031269B (en) 2014-09-25 2014-09-25 Signal transmitting method, signal receiving method and related equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/087407 WO2016045037A1 (en) 2014-09-25 2014-09-25 Signal sending method, signal receiving method and relevant device therefor

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016045037A1 true WO2016045037A1 (en) 2016-03-31

Family

ID=55580085

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/087407 WO2016045037A1 (en) 2014-09-25 2014-09-25 Signal sending method, signal receiving method and relevant device therefor

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN106031269B (en)
WO (1) WO2016045037A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110178334A (en) * 2017-01-10 2019-08-27 高通股份有限公司 The downlink channel rate-matched of synchronization signal block transmission in new radio communication system

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109391424B (en) * 2017-08-11 2021-07-20 华为技术有限公司 Data sending method, equipment and system
CN109474370B (en) * 2017-09-07 2021-11-02 国广融合(北京)传媒科技发展有限公司 Pipeline data transmission method and equipment of digital broadcasting system
CN110167134A (en) * 2018-02-13 2019-08-23 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 The method and apparatus that synchronization signal sends and receives
CN111147405B (en) * 2018-11-02 2022-03-29 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Signal sending method and terminal

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101389053A (en) * 2007-09-11 2009-03-18 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Multimedia broadcast multicast service transmission method and system
CN101415233A (en) * 2007-10-15 2009-04-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and apparatus for resource distribution
WO2013162333A1 (en) * 2012-04-26 2013-10-31 한국전자통신연구원 Device to device communication method using partial device control

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101389053A (en) * 2007-09-11 2009-03-18 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Multimedia broadcast multicast service transmission method and system
CN101415233A (en) * 2007-10-15 2009-04-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and apparatus for resource distribution
WO2013162333A1 (en) * 2012-04-26 2013-10-31 한국전자통신연구원 Device to device communication method using partial device control

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110178334A (en) * 2017-01-10 2019-08-27 高通股份有限公司 The downlink channel rate-matched of synchronization signal block transmission in new radio communication system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN106031269B (en) 2020-01-21
CN106031269A (en) 2016-10-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7323025B2 (en) User equipment, base station equipment, and method
JP7120374B2 (en) Terminal device and communication method
US10219160B2 (en) Information sending method, information receiving method, apparatus and system
EP3178172B1 (en) Synchronization signals for device-to-device communications
JP7277140B2 (en) Terminal device, base station device, communication method
KR101969746B1 (en) Method and device for transmitting data in unauthorized frequency band
KR20190017656A (en) Method and apparatus for handling sfi (slot format information) collision in a wireless communication system
US20220103329A1 (en) Communication apparatus and communication method
CN109565814B (en) Communication device and communication method
EP3278487B1 (en) Methods and apparatus for multiplexing transmission control information
JP6019005B2 (en) Wireless base station, user terminal, and wireless communication method
CN111818649B (en) Data transmission device and method in direct communication
US20230292345A1 (en) Method and apparatus for multiple sidelink transmission opportunities in one slot
WO2012006931A1 (en) A csi-rs transmission method, inspection method and device thereof
JP2017208587A (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2015069000A1 (en) Method for detecting synchronization signal for device-to-device (d2d) communication in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
JP2018026660A (en) Communication device, communication method, and program
WO2016045037A1 (en) Signal sending method, signal receiving method and relevant device therefor
US20170188321A1 (en) Communication control method, user terminal, and base station
WO2017195479A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device and communication method
CN110786041A (en) User device and transmission method
CN110800327A (en) User device and transmission method
US20230292391A1 (en) Communication system and communication terminal
CN104936166A (en) Signal sending and receiving method and device
WO2019138847A1 (en) Wireless communication device, wireless communication method, and computer program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14902619

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14902619

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1